1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
46 #include <algorithm>
47 #include <cstring>
48 #include <functional>
49 using namespace clang;
50 using namespace sema;
51 
52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
53   if (OwnedType) {
54     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
55     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
56   }
57 
58   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
59 }
60 
61 namespace {
62 
63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
64  public:
65   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
66       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
67     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
68     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
69     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
70   }
71 
72   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
73     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
74       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
75           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
76     else
77       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
78   }
79 
80  private:
81   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
82   bool WantClassName;
83 };
84 
85 }
86 
87 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
88 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
89   switch (Kind) {
90   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
91   // token kind is a valid type specifier
92   case tok::kw_short:
93   case tok::kw_long:
94   case tok::kw___int64:
95   case tok::kw___int128:
96   case tok::kw_signed:
97   case tok::kw_unsigned:
98   case tok::kw_void:
99   case tok::kw_char:
100   case tok::kw_int:
101   case tok::kw_half:
102   case tok::kw_float:
103   case tok::kw_double:
104   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
105   case tok::kw_bool:
106   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
107     return true;
108 
109   case tok::annot_typename:
110   case tok::kw_char16_t:
111   case tok::kw_char32_t:
112   case tok::kw_typeof:
113   case tok::annot_decltype:
114   case tok::kw_decltype:
115     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
116 
117   default:
118     break;
119   }
120 
121   return false;
122 }
123 
124 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
125 /// return the declaration of that type.
126 ///
127 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
128 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
129 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
130 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
131 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
241                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
242                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
243           if (SS && NNS)
244             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
245           *CorrectedII = NewII;
246           return Ty;
247         }
248       }
249     }
250     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
251   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
252   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
253     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
254     return ParsedType();
255 
256   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
257     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
258     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
259     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
260     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
261     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
262     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
263       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
264       return ParsedType();
265     }
266 
267     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
268     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
269          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
270       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
271         if (!IIDecl ||
272             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
273               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
274           IIDecl = *Res;
275       }
276     }
277 
278     if (!IIDecl) {
279       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
280       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
281       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
282       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
283       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
284       // a type name.
285       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
286       return ParsedType();
287     }
288 
289     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
290     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
291     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
292     // perform the name lookup again.
293     break;
294 
295   case LookupResult::Found:
296     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
297     break;
298   }
299 
300   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
301 
302   QualType T;
303   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
304     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
305 
306     if (T.isNull())
307       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
308 
309     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
310     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
311     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
312     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
313       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
314         // Construct a type with type-source information.
315         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
316         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
317 
318         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
319         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
320         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
321         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
322         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
323       } else {
324         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
325       }
326     }
327   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
328     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
329     if (!HasTrailingDot)
330       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
331   }
332 
333   if (T.isNull()) {
334     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
335     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
336     return ParsedType();
337   }
338   return ParsedType::make(T);
339 }
340 
341 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
342 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
343 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
344 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
345 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
346 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
347   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
348   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
349   LookupName(R, S, false);
350   R.suppressDiagnostics();
351   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
352     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
353       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
354       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
355       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
356       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
357       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
358       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
359       }
360     }
361 
362   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
363 }
364 
365 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
366 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
367 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
368 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
369 /// @code
370 /// template<class T> class A {
371 /// public:
372 ///   typedef int TYPE;
373 /// };
374 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
375 /// public:
376 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
377 /// };
378 /// @endcode
379 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
380   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
381     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
382 
383     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
384     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
385           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
386       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
387         return true;
388     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
389   }
390   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
391 }
392 
393 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
394                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
395                                    Scope *S,
396                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
397                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
398   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
399   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
400 
401   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
402   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
403   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
404   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
405                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
406                                              Validator)) {
407     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
408       // We corrected to a keyword.
409       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
410       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
411     } else {
412       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
413       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
414         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
415                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
416       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
417         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
418         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
419                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
420         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
421                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
422                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
423       } else {
424         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
425       }
426 
427       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
428       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
429         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
430                           SourceRange(IILoc));
431       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
432                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
433                                   false, ParsedType(),
434                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
435                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
436     }
437     return true;
438   }
439 
440   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
441     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
442     UnqualifiedId Name;
443     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
444     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
445     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
446     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
447     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
448                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
449                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
450       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
451       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
452       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
453         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
454           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
455       }
456       return true;
457     }
458   }
459 
460   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
461   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
462 
463   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
464     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
465   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
466     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
467       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
468   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
469     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
470     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
471       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
472 
473     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
474       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
475       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
476       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
477     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
478                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
479   } else {
480     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
481            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
482   }
483 
484   return true;
485 }
486 
487 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
488 /// or
489 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
490   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
491                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
492 
493   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
494     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
495       return true;
496 
497     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
498       return true;
499   }
500 
501   return false;
502 }
503 
504 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
505                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
506                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
507                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
508   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
509   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
510   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
511     const char *TagName = 0;
512     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
513     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
514       case TTK_Class:
515         TagName = "class";
516         FixItTagName = "class ";
517         break;
518 
519       case TTK_Enum:
520         TagName = "enum";
521         FixItTagName = "enum ";
522         break;
523 
524       case TTK_Struct:
525         TagName = "struct";
526         FixItTagName = "struct ";
527         break;
528 
529       case TTK_Interface:
530         TagName = "__interface";
531         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
532         break;
533 
534       case TTK_Union:
535         TagName = "union";
536         FixItTagName = "union ";
537         break;
538     }
539 
540     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
541       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
542       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
543 
544     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
545          I != IEnd; ++I)
546       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
547         << Name << TagName;
548 
549     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
550     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
551     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
552     return true;
553   }
554 
555   return false;
556 }
557 
558 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
559 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
560                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
561   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
562 
563   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
564   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
565 
566   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
567   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
568   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
569   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
570   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
571 }
572 
573 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
574                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
575                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
576                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
577                                             const Token &NextToken,
578                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
579                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
580   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
581   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
582 
583   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
584     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
585                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
586 
587   }
588 
589   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
590   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
591 
592   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
593   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
594   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
595   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
596   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
597     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
598     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
599       return E;
600   }
601 
602   bool SecondTry = false;
603   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
604 
605 Corrected:
606   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
607   case LookupResult::NotFound:
608     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
609     // call.
610     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
611       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
612       // FIXME: Reference?
613       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
614         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
615 
616       // C90 6.3.2.2:
617       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
618       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
619       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
620       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
621       //   the function call, the declaration
622       //
623       //     extern int identifier ();
624       //
625       //   appeared.
626       //
627       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
628       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
629         Result.addDecl(D);
630         Result.resolveKind();
631         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
632       }
633     }
634 
635     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
636     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
637     // "struct", or "union".
638     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
639         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
640       break;
641     }
642 
643     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
644     // close to this name.
645     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
646       SecondTry = true;
647       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
648                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
649                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
650         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
651         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
652 
653         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
654         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
655           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
656         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
657             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
658           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
659           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
660         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
661                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
662                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
663                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
664           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
665           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
666         }
667 
668         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
669           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
670         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
671           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
672           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
673                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
674           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
675                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
676                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
677         }
678 
679         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
680         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
681 
682         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
683         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
684           return Name;
685 
686         // Also update the LookupResult...
687         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
688         Result.clear();
689         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
690         if (FirstDecl)
691           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
692 
693         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
694         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
695         // reference the ivar.
696         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
697         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
698           Result.clear();
699           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
700           return E;
701         }
702 
703         goto Corrected;
704       }
705     }
706 
707     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
708     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
709     return NameClassification::Unknown();
710 
711   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
712     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
713     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
714     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
715 
716     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
717     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
718     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
719     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
720     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
721     //
722     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
723     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
724     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
725     // keyword here.
726     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
727                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
728                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
729   }
730 
731   case LookupResult::Found:
732   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
733   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
734     break;
735 
736   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
737     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
738         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
739       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
740       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
741       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
742       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
743       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
744       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
745       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
746       //   ambiguous.
747       //
748       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
749       // so try again after filtering out template names.
750       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
751       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
752         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
753         break;
754       }
755     }
756 
757     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
758     return NameClassification::Error();
759   }
760 
761   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
762       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
763     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
764     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
765     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
766     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
767     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
768     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
769     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
770       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
771 
772     if (!Result.empty()) {
773       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
774       bool IsVarTemplate;
775       TemplateName Template;
776       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
777         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
778         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
779                                                      Result.end());
780       } else {
781         TemplateDecl *TD
782           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
783         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
784         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
785 
786         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
787           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
788                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
789                                                       TD);
790         else
791           Template = TemplateName(TD);
792       }
793 
794       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
795         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
796         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
797         // to based on which function we selected.
798         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
799 
800         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
801       }
802 
803       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
804                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
805     }
806   }
807 
808   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
809   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
810     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
811     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
812     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
813       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
814     return ParsedType::make(T);
815   }
816 
817   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
818   if (!Class) {
819     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
820     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
821                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
822       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
823   }
824 
825   if (Class) {
826     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
827 
828     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
829       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
830       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
831       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
832       return NameClassification::Unknown();
833     }
834 
835     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
836     return ParsedType::make(T);
837   }
838 
839   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
840   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
841     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
842         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
843 
844   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
845   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
846   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
847   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
848        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
849       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
850     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
851     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
852     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
853     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
854       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
855     return ParsedType::make(T);
856   }
857 
858   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
859     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
860 
861   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
862   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
863 }
864 
865 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
866 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
867 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
868 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
869 
870   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
871   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
872   // the context we'll need to return to.
873   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
874   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
875   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
876   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
877   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
878   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
879   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
880   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
881   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
882   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
883     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
884 
885     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
886     // lexical context.
887     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
888       return DC;
889 
890     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
891     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
892     // class is the context we need to return to.
893     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
894       DC = RD;
895 
896     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
897     // declared in.
898     return DC;
899   }
900 
901   return DC->getLexicalParent();
902 }
903 
904 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
905   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
906       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
907   CurContext = DC;
908   S->setEntity(DC);
909 }
910 
911 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
912   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
913 
914   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
915   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
916 }
917 
918 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
919 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
920 ///
921 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
922   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
923   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
924   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
925   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
926   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
927   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
928   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
929   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
930   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
931   //   namespace.
932   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
933   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
934   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
935   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
936   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
937 
938   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
939 
940 #ifndef NDEBUG
941   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
942   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
943   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
944 #endif
945 
946   CurContext = DC;
947   S->setEntity(DC);
948 }
949 
950 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
951   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
952 
953   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
954   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
955   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
956   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
957   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
958 
959   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
960   // disappear.
961 }
962 
963 
964 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
965   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
966   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
967     // We assume that the caller has already called
968     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
969     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
970   }
971   if (!FD)
972     return;
973 
974   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
975   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
976   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
977     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
978   CurContext = FD;
979   S->setEntity(CurContext);
980 
981   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
982     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
983     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
984     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
985       S->AddDecl(Param);
986       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
987     }
988   }
989 }
990 
991 
992 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
993   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
994   // rather than the top-level class.
995   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
996   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
997   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
998 }
999 
1000 
1001 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1002 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1003 ///
1004 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1005 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1006 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1007 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1008 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1009 /// attribute.
1010 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1011                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1012   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1013     return true;
1014 
1015   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1016     return true;
1017 
1018   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1019           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1020 }
1021 
1022 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1023 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1024   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1025   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1026   // scope.
1027   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1028     S = S->getParent();
1029 
1030   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1031   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1032   // into any context.
1033   if (AddToContext)
1034     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1035 
1036   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1037   // are function-local declarations.
1038   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1039       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1040         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1041       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1042     return;
1043 
1044   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1045   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1046       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1047     return;
1048 
1049   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1050   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1051                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1052   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1053     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1054       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1055       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1056 
1057       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1058       break;
1059     }
1060   }
1061 
1062   S->AddDecl(D);
1063 
1064   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1065     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1066     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1067     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1068     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1069       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1070       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1071         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1072           continue;
1073       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1074         break;
1075     }
1076 
1077     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1078   } else {
1079     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1080   }
1081 }
1082 
1083 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1084   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1085     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1086 }
1087 
1088 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1089                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1090   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1091 }
1092 
1093 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1094   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1095   do {
1096     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1097       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1098         return S;
1099   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1100 
1101   return 0;
1102 }
1103 
1104 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1105                                             DeclContext*,
1106                                             ASTContext&);
1107 
1108 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1109 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1110 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1111                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1112                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1113   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1114   while (F.hasNext()) {
1115     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1116 
1117     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1118       continue;
1119 
1120     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1121       continue;
1122 
1123     F.erase();
1124   }
1125 
1126   F.done();
1127 }
1128 
1129 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1130   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1131          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1132          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1133 }
1134 
1135 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1136 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1137   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1138   while (F.hasNext())
1139     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1140       F.erase();
1141 
1142   F.done();
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1146 /// @code
1147 /// class S {
1148 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1149 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1150 /// };
1151 /// @endcode
1152 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1153   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1154   // the decl here.
1155   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1156     return false;
1157 
1158   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1159     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1160   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1161     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1162   return false;
1163 }
1164 
1165 // We need this to handle
1166 //
1167 // typedef struct {
1168 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1169 // } A;
1170 //
1171 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1172 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1173 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1174 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1175 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1176 // not.
1177 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1178   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1179   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1180     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1181       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1182         return true;
1183     }
1184     DC = DC->getParent();
1185   }
1186 
1187   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1188 }
1189 
1190 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1191 // these semantics.
1192 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1193   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1194     return false;
1195   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1196 }
1197 
1198 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1199   assert(D);
1200 
1201   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1202     return false;
1203 
1204   // Ignore class templates.
1205   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1206       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1207     return false;
1208 
1209   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1210     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1211       return false;
1212 
1213     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1214       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1215         return false;
1216     } else {
1217       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1218       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1219           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1220         return false;
1221     }
1222 
1223     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1224         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1225       return false;
1226   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1227     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1228     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1229     // like "inline".)
1230     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1231       return false;
1232 
1233     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1234       return false;
1235 
1236     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1237         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1238       return false;
1239   } else {
1240     return false;
1241   }
1242 
1243   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1244   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1245 }
1246 
1247 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1248   if (!D)
1249     return;
1250 
1251   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1252     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1253     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1254       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1255   }
1256 
1257   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1258     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1259     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1260       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1261   }
1262 
1263   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1264     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1265 }
1266 
1267 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1268   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1269     return false;
1270 
1271   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1272     return false;
1273 
1274   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1275     return true;
1276 
1277   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1278   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1279       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1280     return false;
1281 
1282   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1283   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1284 
1285     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1286     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1287 
1288     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1289     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1290       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1291         return false;
1292     }
1293 
1294     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1295     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1296     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1297       return false;
1298 
1299     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1300       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1301       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1302         return false;
1303 
1304       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1305         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1306           return false;
1307 
1308         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1309           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1310             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1311           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1312             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1313           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1314             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1315             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1316               return false;
1317           }
1318         }
1319       }
1320     }
1321 
1322     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1323   }
1324 
1325   return true;
1326 }
1327 
1328 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1329                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1330   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1331     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1332                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1333     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1334       return;
1335     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1336                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1337   }
1338   return;
1339 }
1340 
1341 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1342 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1343 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1344   FixItHint Hint;
1345   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1346     return;
1347 
1348   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1349 
1350   unsigned DiagID;
1351   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1352     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1353   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1354     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1355   else
1356     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1357 
1358   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1359 }
1360 
1361 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1362   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1363   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1364   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1365   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1366     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1367 }
1368 
1369 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1370   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1371   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1372          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1373 
1374   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1375        I != E; ++I) {
1376     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1377     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1378 
1379     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1380     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1381 
1382     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1383 
1384     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1385     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1386       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1387 
1388     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1389     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1390       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1391 
1392     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1393     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1394   }
1395   DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(S);
1396 }
1397 
1398 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1399   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1400 }
1401 
1402 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1403   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1404   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1405 }
1406 
1407 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1408 ///
1409 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1410 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1411 /// to the fixed name.
1412 ///
1413 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1414 ///
1415 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1416 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1417 ///
1418 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1419 /// class could not be found.
1420 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1421                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1422                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1423   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1424   // creation from this context.
1425   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1426 
1427   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1428     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1429     // find an Objective-C class name.
1430     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1431     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1432                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1433                                        Validator)) {
1434       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1435       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1436       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1437     }
1438   }
1439   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1440   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1441   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1442       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1443   return Def;
1444 }
1445 
1446 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1447 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1448 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1449 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1450 /// ill-formed in C++:
1451 /// @code
1452 /// struct S6 {
1453 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1454 /// };
1455 ///
1456 /// void test_S6() {
1457 ///   struct S6 a;
1458 ///   a.e = BAR;
1459 /// }
1460 /// @endcode
1461 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1462 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1463 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1464 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1465 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1466 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1467 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1468 /// contain non-field names.
1469 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1470   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1471          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1472          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1473     S = S->getParent();
1474   return S;
1475 }
1476 
1477 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1478 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1479 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1480 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1481 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1482                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1483   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1484     return;
1485   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1486 
1487   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1488                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1489   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1490   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1491     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1492       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1493 }
1494 
1495 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1496 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1497 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1498 /// built-in.
1499 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1500                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1501                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1502   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1503 
1504   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1505 
1506   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1507   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1508   switch (Error) {
1509   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1510     // Okay
1511     break;
1512 
1513   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1514     if (ForRedeclaration)
1515       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1516         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1517     return 0;
1518 
1519   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1520     if (ForRedeclaration)
1521       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1522         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1523     return 0;
1524 
1525   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1526     if (ForRedeclaration)
1527       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1528         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1529     return 0;
1530   }
1531 
1532   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1533     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1534       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1535       << R;
1536     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1537         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1538           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1539       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1540         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1541         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1542   }
1543 
1544   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1545   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1546     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1547         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1548                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1549     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1550     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1551     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1552   }
1553 
1554   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1555                                            Parent,
1556                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1557                                            SC_Extern,
1558                                            false,
1559                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1560   New->setImplicit();
1561 
1562   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1563   // FunctionDecl.
1564   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1565     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1566     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1567       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1568         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1569                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1570                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1571                             SC_None, 0);
1572       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1573       Params.push_back(parm);
1574     }
1575     New->setParams(Params);
1576   }
1577 
1578   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1579   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1580 
1581   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1582   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1583   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1584   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1585   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1586   CurContext = Parent;
1587   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1588   CurContext = SavedContext;
1589   return New;
1590 }
1591 
1592 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1593 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1594 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1595 /// entity.
1596 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1597                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1598                                               LookupResult &previous){
1599   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1600   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1601     return;
1602 
1603   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1604   if (previous.empty())
1605     return;
1606 
1607   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1608   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1609     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1610 
1611     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1612     if (!old->isHidden())
1613       continue;
1614 
1615     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1616       filter.erase();
1617   }
1618 
1619   filter.done();
1620 }
1621 
1622 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1623   QualType OldType;
1624   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1625     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1626   else
1627     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1628   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1629 
1630   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1631     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1632     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1633     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1634       << Kind << NewType;
1635     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1636       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1637     New->setInvalidDecl();
1638     return true;
1639   }
1640 
1641   if (OldType != NewType &&
1642       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1643       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1644       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1645     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1646     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1647       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1648     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1649       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1650     New->setInvalidDecl();
1651     return true;
1652   }
1653   return false;
1654 }
1655 
1656 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1657 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1658 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1659 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1660 ///
1661 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1662   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1663   // merging checks.
1664   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1665 
1666   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1667   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1668   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1669     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1670     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1671     default: break;
1672     case 2:
1673       {
1674         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1675           break;
1676         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1677         if (!T->isPointerType())
1678           break;
1679         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1680           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1681           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1682             break;
1683         }
1684         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1685         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1686         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1687         return;
1688       }
1689     case 5:
1690       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1691         break;
1692       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1693       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1694       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1695       return;
1696     case 3:
1697       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1698         break;
1699       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1700       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1701       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1702       return;
1703     }
1704     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1705   }
1706 
1707   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1708   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1709   if (!Old) {
1710     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1711       << New->getDeclName();
1712 
1713     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1714     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1715       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1716 
1717     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1718   }
1719 
1720   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1721   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1722     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1723 
1724   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1725   // with any extensions enabled.
1726   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1727     return;
1728 
1729   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1730   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1731   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1732     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1733     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1734   }
1735 
1736   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1737     return;
1738 
1739   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1740     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1741     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1742     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1743     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1744     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1745       return;
1746 
1747     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1748     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1749     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1750     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1751     //
1752     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1753     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1754     //
1755     //   struct S {
1756     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1757     //   };
1758     //
1759     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1760     // allow the above but disallow
1761     //
1762     //   struct S {
1763     //     typedef int I;
1764     //     typedef int I;
1765     //   };
1766     //
1767     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1768     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1769       return;
1770 
1771     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1772       << New->getDeclName();
1773     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1774     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1775   }
1776 
1777   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1778   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1779     return;
1780 
1781   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1782   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1783   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1784   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1785   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1786       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1787        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1788     return;
1789 
1790   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1791     << New->getDeclName();
1792   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1793   return;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1797 /// attribute.
1798 static bool
1799 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1800   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1801   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1802   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1803   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1804   if (AA)
1805     return false;
1806 
1807   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1808   switch (A->getKind()) {
1809     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1810     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1811     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1812     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1813     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1814     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1815     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1816     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1817     case attr::GuardedBy:
1818     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1819     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1820     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1821       return false;
1822     default:
1823       ;
1824   }
1825 
1826   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1827   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1828   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1829     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1830       if (Ann) {
1831         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1832           return true;
1833         continue;
1834       }
1835       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1836       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1837         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1838       return true;
1839     }
1840 
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1845   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1846     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1847   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1848     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1849   return true;
1850 }
1851 
1852 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1853 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1854 ///
1855 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1856 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1857   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1858   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1859   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1860   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1861   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1862   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1863          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1864          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1865     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1866     // in a case like:
1867     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1868     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1869     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1870     // definition in such a case.
1871     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1872       return false;
1873 
1874     if (I->isAlignas())
1875       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1876 
1877     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1878     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1879       OldAlign = Align;
1880       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1881     }
1882   }
1883 
1884   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1885   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1886   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1887   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1888          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1889          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1890     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1891       return false;
1892 
1893     if (I->isAlignas())
1894       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1895 
1896     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1897     if (Align > NewAlign)
1898       NewAlign = Align;
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1902     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1903     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1904     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1905     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1906 
1907     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1908     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1909     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1910       QualType Ty;
1911       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1912         Ty = VD->getType();
1913       else
1914         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1915 
1916       if (OldAlign == 0)
1917         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1918       if (NewAlign == 0)
1919         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1920     }
1921 
1922     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1923       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1924         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1925         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1926       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1927     }
1928   }
1929 
1930   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1931     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1932     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1933     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1934     //   equivalent alignment.
1935     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1936     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1937     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1938     //   have no alignment specifier.
1939     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1940       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1941     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1942       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1943   }
1944 
1945   bool AnyAdded = false;
1946 
1947   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1948   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1949     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1950     Clone->setInherited(true);
1951     New->addAttr(Clone);
1952     AnyAdded = true;
1953   }
1954 
1955   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1956   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1957       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1958     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1959     Clone->setInherited(true);
1960     New->addAttr(Clone);
1961     AnyAdded = true;
1962   }
1963 
1964   return AnyAdded;
1965 }
1966 
1967 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1968                                bool Override) {
1969   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1970   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1971   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1972     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1973                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1974                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1975                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1976                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1977   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1978     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1979                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1980   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1981     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1982                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1983   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1984     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1985                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1986   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1987     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1988                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1989   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1990     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1991                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1992                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1993   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1994     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1995                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1996   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1997     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1998     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1999     NewAttr = 0;
2000   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2001     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2002 
2003   if (NewAttr) {
2004     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2005     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2006     return true;
2007   }
2008 
2009   return false;
2010 }
2011 
2012 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2013   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2014     return TD->getDefinition();
2015   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2016     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2017     if (Def)
2018       return Def;
2019     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2020   }
2021   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2022     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2023     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2024       return Def;
2025   }
2026   return NULL;
2027 }
2028 
2029 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2030   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2031        I != E; ++I) {
2032     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2033     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2034       return true;
2035   }
2036   return false;
2037 }
2038 
2039 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2040 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2041 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2042   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2043     return;
2044 
2045   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2046   if (!Def || Def == New)
2047     return;
2048 
2049   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2050   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2051     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2052 
2053     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2054       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2055         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2056       else {
2057         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2058         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2059                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2060                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2061                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2062         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2063         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2064         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2065       }
2066       ++I;
2067       continue;
2068     }
2069 
2070     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2071       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2072       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2073         ++I;
2074         continue;
2075       }
2076     }
2077 
2078     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2079       ++I;
2080       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2081     }
2082 
2083     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2084       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2085       ++I;
2086       continue;
2087     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2088       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2089         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2090         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2091         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2092         //   equivalent alignment.
2093         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2094         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2095         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2096         //   have no alignment specifier.
2097         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2098           << AA->isC11();
2099         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2100           << AA->isC11();
2101         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2102         --E;
2103         continue;
2104       }
2105     }
2106 
2107     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2108            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2109     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2110     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2111     --E;
2112   }
2113 }
2114 
2115 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2116 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2117                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2118   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2119     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2120     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2121     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2122   }
2123 
2124   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2125     return;
2126 
2127   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2128   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2129 
2130   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2131     return;
2132 
2133   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2134 
2135   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2136   // we process them.
2137   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2138 
2139   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2140          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2141          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2142        i != e; ++i) {
2143     bool Override = false;
2144     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2145     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2146         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2147         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2148       switch (AMK) {
2149       case AMK_None:
2150         continue;
2151 
2152       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2153         break;
2154 
2155       case AMK_Override:
2156         Override = true;
2157         break;
2158       }
2159     }
2160 
2161     // Already handled.
2162     if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i))
2163       continue;
2164 
2165     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2166       foundAny = true;
2167   }
2168 
2169   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2170     foundAny = true;
2171 
2172   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2173 }
2174 
2175 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2176 /// to the new one.
2177 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2178                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2179                                      Sema &S) {
2180   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2181   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2182   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2183   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2184   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2185       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2186     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2187            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2188     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2189     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2190     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2191       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2192     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2193       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2194     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2195            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2196   }
2197 
2198   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2199     return;
2200 
2201   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2202 
2203   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2204   // done before we process them.
2205   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2206 
2207   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2208        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2209        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2210     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2211       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2212         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2213       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2214       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2215       foundAny = true;
2216     }
2217   }
2218 
2219   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2220 }
2221 
2222 namespace {
2223 
2224 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2225 /// C.
2226 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2227   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2228   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2229   QualType PromotedType;
2230 };
2231 
2232 }
2233 
2234 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2235 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2236   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2237     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2238       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2239 
2240     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2241       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2242 
2243     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2244       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2245   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2246     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2247   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2248     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2249   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2250     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2251   }
2252 
2253   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2254 }
2255 
2256 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2257 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2258 /// GNU89 mode.
2259 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2260                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2261   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2262           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2263           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2264           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2265 }
2266 
2267 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2268   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2269   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2270     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2271   return AT;
2272 }
2273 
2274 template <typename T>
2275 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2276   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2277   if (DC->isRecord())
2278     return false;
2279 
2280   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2281   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2282     return true;
2283   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2284     return true;
2285   return false;
2286 }
2287 
2288 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2289 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2290 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2291 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2292 ///
2293 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2294 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2295 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2296 /// merged with.
2297 ///
2298 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2299 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S,
2300                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2301   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2302   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2303   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2304         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2305     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2306   else
2307     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2308   if (!Old) {
2309     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2310       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2311         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2312         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2313              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2314         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2315              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2316         return true;
2317       }
2318 
2319       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2320       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2321            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2322       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2323            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2324       return true;
2325     }
2326 
2327     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2328       << New->getDeclName();
2329     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2330     return true;
2331   }
2332 
2333   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2334   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2335     return true;
2336 
2337   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2338   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2339   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2340   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2341     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2342   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2343     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2344   else
2345     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2346 
2347   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2348   // is an extern inline function.
2349   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2350   // storage classes.
2351   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2352       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2353       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2354       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2355       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2356     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2357       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2358       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2359     } else {
2360       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2361       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2362       return true;
2363     }
2364   }
2365 
2366 
2367   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2368   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2369   // convention of the first.
2370   //
2371   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2372   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2373   //
2374   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2375   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2376   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2377   //
2378   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2379   // other tests to run.
2380   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2381   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2382   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2383   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2384   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2385   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2386   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2387 
2388   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2389     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2390     const FunctionType *FT =
2391         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2392     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2393     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2394     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2395       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2396       // there but not here.
2397       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2398       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2399     } else {
2400       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2401       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2402       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2403         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2404         << !FirstCCExplicit
2405         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2406             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2407 
2408       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2409       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2410       return true;
2411     }
2412   }
2413 
2414   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2415   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2416     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2417     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2418   }
2419 
2420   // Merge regparm attribute.
2421   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2422       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2423     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2424       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2425         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2426         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2427       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2428       return true;
2429     }
2430 
2431     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2432     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2433   }
2434 
2435   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2436   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2437     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2438       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2439       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2440       return true;
2441     }
2442 
2443     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2444     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2445   }
2446 
2447   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2448     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2449     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2450     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2451     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2452     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2453   }
2454 
2455   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2456   // UndefinedButUsed.
2457   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2458       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2459       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2460       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2461       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2462     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2463                                            SourceLocation()));
2464 
2465   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2466   // about it.
2467   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2468       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2469     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2470   }
2471 
2472   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2473     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2474     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2475     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2476     //        cannot be overloaded.
2477 
2478     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2479     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2480     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2481     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2482     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2483     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2484       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2485       : OldType)->getResultType();
2486     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2487       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2488       : NewType)->getResultType();
2489     QualType ResQT;
2490     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2491         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2492           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2493       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2494           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2495         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2496       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2497         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2498           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2499                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2500         else
2501           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2502         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2503         return true;
2504       }
2505       else
2506         NewQType = ResQT;
2507     }
2508 
2509     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2510     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2511     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2512       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2513       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2514       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2515       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2516         New->setType(
2517             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2518                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2519                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2520         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2521             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2522                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2523                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2524       }
2525     }
2526 
2527     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2528     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2529     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2530       // Preserve triviality.
2531       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2532 
2533       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2534       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2535       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2536       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2537                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2538                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2539       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2540 
2541       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2542           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2543         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2544         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2545         //       is a static member function declaration.
2546         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2547           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2548           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2549           return true;
2550         }
2551 
2552         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2553         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2554         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2555         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2556         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2557           unsigned NewDiag;
2558           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2559             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2560           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2561             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2562           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2563             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2564           else
2565             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2566 
2567           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2568         } else {
2569           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2570             << New << New->getType();
2571         }
2572         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2573 
2574       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2575       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2576       //
2577       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2578       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2579       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2580         if (isFriend) {
2581           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2582         } else {
2583           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2584                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2585             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2586           return true;
2587         }
2588       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2589         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2590              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2591           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2592         return true;
2593       }
2594     }
2595 
2596     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2597     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2598     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2599     //   attribute.
2600     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2601         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2602       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2603            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2604       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2605            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2606     }
2607 
2608     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2609     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2610     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2611     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2612     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2613         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2614       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2615            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2616       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2617            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2618     }
2619 
2620     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2621     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2622     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2623     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2624 
2625     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2626     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2627     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2628       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2629       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2630         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2631       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2632       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2633     }
2634 
2635     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2636       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2637       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2638       //
2639       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2640       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2641       // linkage within class scope.
2642       //
2643       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2644       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2645         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2646         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2647       } else {
2648         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2649         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2650         return true;
2651       }
2652     }
2653 
2654     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2655       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2656 
2657     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2658         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2659       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2660       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2661       // when we instantiate the function.
2662       return false;
2663     }
2664 
2665     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2666   }
2667 
2668   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2669   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2670   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2671       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2672     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2673     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2674     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2675     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2676         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2677       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2678       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2679       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2680       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2681                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2682       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2683                                          ParamTypes,
2684                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2685       New->setType(NewQType);
2686       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2687 
2688       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2689       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2690       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2691              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2692              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2693            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2694         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2695                                                  SourceLocation(),
2696                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2697                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2698                                                  SC_None,
2699                                                  0);
2700         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2701         Param->setImplicit();
2702         Params.push_back(Param);
2703       }
2704 
2705       New->setParams(Params);
2706     }
2707 
2708     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2709   }
2710 
2711   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2712   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2713   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2714   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2715   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2716   // the prototype.
2717   //
2718   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2719   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2720   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2721   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2722   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2723       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2724       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2725       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2726     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2727     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2728     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2729       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2730     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2731       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2732 
2733     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2734     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2735                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2736     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2737     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2738          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2739       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2740       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2741       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2742                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2743         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2744       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2745                                             NewParm->getType(),
2746                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2747         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2748           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2749         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2750         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2751       } else
2752         LooseCompatible = false;
2753     }
2754 
2755     if (LooseCompatible) {
2756       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2757         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2758              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2759           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2760           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2761         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2762           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2763                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2764       }
2765 
2766       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2767         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2768                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2769       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2770     }
2771 
2772     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2773   }
2774 
2775   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2776   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2777 
2778   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2779   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2780   unsigned BuiltinID;
2781   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2782     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2783     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2784     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2785       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2786       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2787         << Old << Old->getType();
2788 
2789       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2790       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2791       //
2792       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2793       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2794       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2795       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2796       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2797       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2798         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2799 
2800       return false;
2801     }
2802 
2803     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2804   }
2805 
2806   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2807   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2808   return true;
2809 }
2810 
2811 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2812 /// known to be compatible.
2813 ///
2814 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2815 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2816 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2817 /// redeclaration of Old.
2818 ///
2819 /// \returns false
2820 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2821                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2822   // Merge the attributes
2823   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2824 
2825   // Merge "pure" flag.
2826   if (Old->isPure())
2827     New->setPure();
2828 
2829   // Merge "used" flag.
2830   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2831     New->setIsUsed();
2832 
2833   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2834   // declarations.
2835   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2836     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2837       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2838                                *this);
2839 
2840   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2841     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2842 
2843   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2844   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2845   // was visible.
2846   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2847   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2848     New->setType(Merged);
2849 
2850   return false;
2851 }
2852 
2853 
2854 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2855                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2856 
2857   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2858   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2859     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2860                                                    : AMK_Override;
2861   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2862 
2863   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2864   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2865                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2866   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2867          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2868        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2869     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2870 
2871   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2872 }
2873 
2874 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2875 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2876 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2877 ///
2878 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2879 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2880 /// is attached.
2881 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2882                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2883   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2884     return;
2885 
2886   QualType MergedT;
2887   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2888     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2889       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2890       return;
2891     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2892       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2893       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2894     }
2895     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2896     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2897     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2898     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2899     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2900     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2901              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2902       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2903       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2904       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2905                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2906         MergedT = New->getType();
2907     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2908                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2909       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2910       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2911       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2912                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2913         MergedT = Old->getType();
2914     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2915                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2916       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2917                                               Old->getType());
2918     }
2919   } else {
2920     // C 6.2.7p2:
2921     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2922     //   compatible type.
2923     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2924   }
2925   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2926     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2927     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2928     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2929     // equivalent.
2930     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2931     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2932          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2933       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2934       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2935       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2936       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2937         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2938       return;
2939     }
2940 
2941     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2942     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2943     //
2944     //   extern int arr[];
2945     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2946     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2947     //
2948     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2949     // to diagnose it.
2950     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2951       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2952     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2953     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2954   }
2955 
2956   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2957   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2958   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2959     New->setType(MergedT);
2960 }
2961 
2962 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2963                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2964   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2965   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2966   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2967   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2968   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2969   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2970   //
2971   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2972   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2973     return false;
2974 
2975   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2976     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2977     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2978     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2979     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2980     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2981            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2982             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2983   } else {
2984     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2985     // type unless we're in the same function.
2986     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2987            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2988   }
2989 }
2990 
2991 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2992 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2993 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2994 ///
2995 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2996 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2997 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2998 ///
2999 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3000   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3001   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3002     return;
3003 
3004   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3005   VarDecl *Old = 0;
3006   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3007       (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
3008     if (New->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3009       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0;
3010     else
3011       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old;
3012   }
3013   if (!Old) {
3014     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3015       << New->getDeclName();
3016     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3017          diag::note_previous_definition);
3018     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3019   }
3020 
3021   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3022     return;
3023 
3024   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3025   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3026   //
3027   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3028   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3029     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3030       << New->getIdentifier();
3031     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3032     New->setInvalidDecl();
3033   }
3034 
3035   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3036   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3037   // declaration
3038   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3039       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3040       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3041     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3042     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3043     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3044     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3045   }
3046 
3047   // Merge the types.
3048   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3049 
3050   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3051     return;
3052 
3053   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3054   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3055       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3056       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3057     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3058     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3059     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3060   }
3061   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3062   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3063   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3064   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3065   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3066   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3067   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3068   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3069   //   identifier has external linkage.
3070   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3071     /* Okay */;
3072   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3073            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3074            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3075     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3076     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3077     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3078   }
3079 
3080   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3081   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3082       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3083     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3084     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3085     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3086   }
3087   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3088       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3089     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3090     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3091     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3092   }
3093 
3094   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3095 
3096   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3097   // need to check for mismatches.
3098   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3099       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3100       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3101         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3102     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3103     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3104     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3105   }
3106 
3107   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3108     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3109       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3110       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3111     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3112       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3113       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3114     } else {
3115       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3116       // static and dynamic initialization.
3117       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3118       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3119       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3120         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3121       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3122     }
3123   }
3124 
3125   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3126   const VarDecl *Def;
3127   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3128       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3129       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3130     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3131     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3132     New->setInvalidDecl();
3133     return;
3134   }
3135 
3136   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3137     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3138     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3139     New->setInvalidDecl();
3140     return;
3141   }
3142 
3143   // Merge "used" flag.
3144   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3145     New->setIsUsed();
3146 
3147   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3148   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3149 
3150   // Inherit access appropriately.
3151   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3152 
3153   if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
3154     if (New->isStaticDataMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3155       VTD->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3156   }
3157 }
3158 
3159 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3160 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3161 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3162                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3163   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3164 }
3165 
3166 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3167   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3168     return;
3169 
3170   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3171     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3172     // it is anonymous.
3173     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3174       return;
3175     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3176         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3177     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3178     return;
3179   }
3180 
3181   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3182   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3183   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3184           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3185                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3186     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3187   }
3188 }
3189 
3190 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3191 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3192 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3193 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3194                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3195                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3196                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3197   Decl *TagD = 0;
3198   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3199   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3200       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3201       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3202       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3203       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3204     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3205 
3206     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3207       return 0;
3208 
3209     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3210     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3211     // it's a Type.
3212     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3213       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3214     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3215       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3216   }
3217 
3218   if (Tag) {
3219     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3220     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3221     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3222       return Tag;
3223   }
3224 
3225   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3226     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3227     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3228     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3229       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3230            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3231            << DS.getSourceRange();
3232   }
3233 
3234   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3235     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3236     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3237     if (Tag)
3238       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3239         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3240             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3241             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3242             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3243     else
3244       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3245     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3246     return TagD;
3247   }
3248 
3249   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3250 
3251   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3252     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3253     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3254     if (TagD && !Tag)
3255       return 0;
3256     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3257   }
3258 
3259   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3260   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3261     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3262   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3263       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3264     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3265     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3266     // or an explicit specialization.
3267     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3268     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3269       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3270           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3271           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3272           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3273       << SS.getRange();
3274     return 0;
3275   }
3276 
3277   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3278   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3279 
3280   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3281   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3282     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3283         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3284       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3285           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3286         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3287 
3288       DeclaresAnything = false;
3289     }
3290   }
3291 
3292   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3293   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3294       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3295       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3296     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3297     //   struct STRUCT;
3298     // and
3299     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3300     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3301     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3302         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3303          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3304       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3305         << DS.getSourceRange();
3306       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3307     }
3308   }
3309 
3310   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3311   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3312       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3313     return TagD;
3314 
3315   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3316       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3317     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3318       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3319           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3320         DeclaresAnything = false;
3321 
3322   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3323     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3324     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3325       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3326         << DS.getSourceRange();
3327     else
3328       DeclaresAnything = false;
3329   }
3330 
3331   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3332       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3333     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3334       << Tag->getTagKind()
3335       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3336 
3337   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3338 
3339   // C 6.7/2:
3340   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3341   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3342   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3343   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3344   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3345   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3346   //   previous declaration.
3347   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3348     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3349     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3350     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3351     return TagD;
3352   }
3353 
3354   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3355   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3356   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3357   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3358   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3359   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3360   //
3361   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3362   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3363   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3364     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3365 
3366   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3367   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3368   // useless.
3369   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3370     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3371       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3372         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3373 
3374   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3375     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3376       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3377   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3378     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3379       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3380     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3381       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3382     // Restrict is covered above.
3383     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3384       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3385   }
3386 
3387   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3388   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3389   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3390   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3391     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3392     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3393         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3394         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3395         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3396         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3397       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3398       while (attrs) {
3399         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3400         << attrs->getName()
3401         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3402             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3403             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3404             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3405         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3406       }
3407     }
3408   }
3409 
3410   return TagD;
3411 }
3412 
3413 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3414 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3415 ///
3416 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3417 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3418                                          Scope *S,
3419                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3420                                          DeclarationName Name,
3421                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3422                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3423   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3424                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3425   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3426 
3427   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3428     return false;
3429 
3430   // Pick a representative declaration.
3431   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3432   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3433 
3434   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3435     return false;
3436 
3437   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3438   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3439 
3440   return true;
3441 }
3442 
3443 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3444 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3445 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3446 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3447 /// struct, e.g.,
3448 ///
3449 /// @code
3450 /// union {
3451 ///   int i;
3452 ///   float f;
3453 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3454 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3455 /// @endcode
3456 ///
3457 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3458 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3459 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3460                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3461                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3462                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3463                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3464                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3465   unsigned diagKind
3466     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3467                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3468 
3469   bool Invalid = false;
3470 
3471   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3472   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3473                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3474        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3475     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3476         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3477       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3478       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3479                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3480         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3481         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3482         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3483         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3484         Invalid = true;
3485       } else {
3486         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3487         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3488         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3489         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3490         //   anonymous union is declared.
3491         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3492         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3493           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3494                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3495             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3496         else
3497           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3498 
3499         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3500         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3501           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3502         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3503           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3504 
3505         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3506           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3507                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3508                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3509 
3510         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3511         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3512         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3513 
3514         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3515         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3516 
3517         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3518       }
3519     }
3520   }
3521 
3522   return Invalid;
3523 }
3524 
3525 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3526 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3527 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3528 static StorageClass
3529 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3530   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3531   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3532          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3533   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3534   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3535   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3536     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3537       return SC_None;
3538     return SC_Extern;
3539   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3540   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3541   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3542   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3543     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3544   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3545   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3546   }
3547   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3548 }
3549 
3550 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3551 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3552 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3553 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3554 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3555                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3556                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3557   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3558 
3559   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3560   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3561     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3562   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3563     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3564   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3565     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3566 
3567   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3568   // structs/unions.
3569   bool Invalid = false;
3570   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3571     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3572     unsigned DiagID;
3573     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3574       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3575       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3576       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3577       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3578           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3579            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3580             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3581         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3582           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3583 
3584         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3585         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3586                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3587       }
3588       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3589       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3590       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3591       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3592                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3593         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3594              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3595           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3596 
3597         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3598         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3599                                SourceLocation(),
3600                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3601       }
3602     }
3603 
3604     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3605     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3606       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3607         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3608           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3609           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3610       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3611         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3612              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3613           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3614           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3615       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3616         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3617              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3618           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3619           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3620       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3621         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3622              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3623           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3624           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3625 
3626       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3627     }
3628 
3629     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3630     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3631     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3632     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3633     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3634                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3635          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3636       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3637         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3638         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3639         //   members (clause 11).
3640         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3641         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3642           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3643             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3644           Invalid = true;
3645         }
3646 
3647         // C++ [class.union]p1
3648         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3649         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3650         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3651         //   array of such objects.
3652         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3653           Invalid = true;
3654       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3655         // Any implicit members are fine.
3656       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3657         // This is a type that showed up in an
3658         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3659         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3660         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3661       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3662         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3663             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3664           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3665           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3666             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3667               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3668           else {
3669             // This is a nested type declaration.
3670             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3671               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3672             Invalid = true;
3673           }
3674         } else {
3675           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3676           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3677           // not part of standard C++.
3678           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3679                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3680             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3681         }
3682       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3683         // Any access specifier is fine.
3684       } else {
3685         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3686         // member. Complain about it.
3687         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3688         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3689           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3690         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3691           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3692         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3693           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3694 
3695         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3696         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3697             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3698           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3699             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3700         else {
3701           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3702               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3703           Invalid = true;
3704         }
3705       }
3706     }
3707   }
3708 
3709   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3710     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3711       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3712     Invalid = true;
3713   }
3714 
3715   // Mock up a declarator.
3716   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3717   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3718   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3719 
3720   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3721   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3722   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3723     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3724                              DS.getLocStart(),
3725                              Record->getLocation(),
3726                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3727                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3728                              TInfo,
3729                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3730                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3731     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3732     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3733       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3734   } else {
3735     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3736     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3737     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3738       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3739       // an error here
3740       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3741       Invalid = true;
3742       SC = SC_None;
3743     }
3744 
3745     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3746                            DS.getLocStart(),
3747                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3748                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3749                            TInfo, SC);
3750 
3751     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3752     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3753     // initializer:
3754     //   union { int n = 0; };
3755     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3756   }
3757   Anon->setImplicit();
3758 
3759   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3760   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3761   // its members.
3762   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3763 
3764   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3765   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3766   // purposes.
3767   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3768   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3769 
3770   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3771                                           Chain, false))
3772     Invalid = true;
3773 
3774   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3775   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3776   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3777   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3778   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3779   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3780   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3781 
3782   if (Invalid)
3783     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3784 
3785   return Anon;
3786 }
3787 
3788 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3789 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3790 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3791 /// Example:
3792 ///
3793 /// struct A { int a; };
3794 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3795 ///
3796 /// void foo() {
3797 ///   B var;
3798 ///   var.a = 3;
3799 /// }
3800 ///
3801 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3802                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3803 
3804   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3805   if (!Record)
3806     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3807 
3808   // Mock up a declarator.
3809   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3810   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3811   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3812 
3813   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3814   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3815                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3816                              DS.getLocStart(),
3817                              DS.getLocStart(),
3818                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3819                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3820                              TInfo,
3821                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3822                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3823   Anon->setImplicit();
3824 
3825   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3826   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3827 
3828   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3829   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3830   // purposes.
3831   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3832   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3833 
3834   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3835   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3836                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3837                                                         Chain, true))
3838     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3839 
3840   return Anon;
3841 }
3842 
3843 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3844 /// given Declarator.
3845 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3846   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3847 }
3848 
3849 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3850 DeclarationNameInfo
3851 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3852   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3853   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3854 
3855   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3856 
3857   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3858   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3859     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3860     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3861     return NameInfo;
3862 
3863   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3864     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3865                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3866     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3867     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3868       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3869     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3870       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3871     return NameInfo;
3872 
3873   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3874     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3875                                                            Name.Identifier));
3876     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3877     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3878     return NameInfo;
3879 
3880   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3881     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3882     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3883     if (Ty.isNull())
3884       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3885     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3886                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3887     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3888     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3889     return NameInfo;
3890   }
3891 
3892   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3893     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3894     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3895     if (Ty.isNull())
3896       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3897     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3898                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3899     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3900     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3901     return NameInfo;
3902   }
3903 
3904   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3905     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3906     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3907     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3908     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3909     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3910       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3911 
3912     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3913     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3914 
3915     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3916     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3917     // was qualified.
3918 
3919     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3920                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3921     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3922     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3923     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3924     return NameInfo;
3925   }
3926 
3927   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3928     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3929     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3930     if (Ty.isNull())
3931       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3932     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3933                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3934     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3935     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3936     return NameInfo;
3937   }
3938 
3939   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3940     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3941     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3942     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3943   }
3944 
3945   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3946 
3947   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3948 }
3949 
3950 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3951   do {
3952     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3953       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3954     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3955       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3956     else
3957       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3958   } while (true);
3959 }
3960 
3961 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3962 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3963 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3964 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3965 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3966 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3967 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3968 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3969                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3970                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3971                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3972   Params.clear();
3973   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3974     return false;
3975   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3976     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3977     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3978 
3979     // The parameter types are identical
3980     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3981       continue;
3982 
3983     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3984     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3985     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3986     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3987 
3988     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3989         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3990       Params.push_back(Idx);
3991     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3992       return false;
3993   }
3994 
3995   return true;
3996 }
3997 
3998 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3999 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4000 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4001 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4002 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4003 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4004                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4005   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4006   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4007   //   - types which will become injected class names
4008   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4009   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4010   // few cases here.
4011 
4012   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4013   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4014   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4015   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4016   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4017   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4018     // Grab the type from the parser.
4019     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
4020     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4021     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4022 
4023     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4024     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4025     // attached already.
4026     if (!TSI)
4027       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4028 
4029     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4030     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4031     if (!TSI) return true;
4032 
4033     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4034     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4035     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4036     break;
4037   }
4038 
4039   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4040   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4041     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4042     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4043     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4044     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4045     break;
4046   }
4047 
4048   default:
4049     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4050     break;
4051   }
4052 
4053   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4054   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4055     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4056 
4057     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4058     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4059     // pointer.
4060     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4061       continue;
4062 
4063     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4064     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4065     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4066       return true;
4067   }
4068 
4069   return false;
4070 }
4071 
4072 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4073   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4074   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4075 
4076   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4077       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4078     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4079 
4080   return Dcl;
4081 }
4082 
4083 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4084 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4085 ///   name different from T:
4086 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4087 ///     - every member function of class T
4088 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4089 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4090 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4091                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4092   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4093 
4094   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4095     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4096       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4097       return true;
4098     }
4099 
4100   return false;
4101 }
4102 
4103 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4104 /// nested-name-specifier.
4105 ///
4106 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4107 ///
4108 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4109 /// resolves.
4110 ///
4111 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4112 ///
4113 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4114 ///
4115 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4116 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4117                                         DeclarationName Name,
4118                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4119   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4120   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4121     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4122 
4123   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4124   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4125   //
4126   // class X {
4127   //   void X::f();
4128   // };
4129   //
4130   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4131   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4132   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4133     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4134       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4135                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4136         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4137       SS.clear();
4138     } else {
4139       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4140     }
4141     return false;
4142   }
4143 
4144   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4145   // declaration.
4146   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4147     if (Cur->isRecord())
4148       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4149         << Name << SS.getRange();
4150     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4151       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4152         << Name << SS.getRange();
4153     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4154       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4155         << Name << SS.getRange();
4156     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4157       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4158         << Name << SS.getRange();
4159     else
4160       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4161       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4162 
4163     return true;
4164   }
4165 
4166   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4167     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4168     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4169       << Name << SS.getRange();
4170     SS.clear();
4171 
4172     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4173     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4174     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4175     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4176          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4177         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4178                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4179       return true;
4180 
4181     return false;
4182   }
4183 
4184   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4185   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4186   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4187   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4188   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4189     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4190   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4191         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4192     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4193       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4194 
4195   return false;
4196 }
4197 
4198 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4199                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4200   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4201   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4202   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4203 
4204   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4205   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4206   if (!Name) {
4207     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4208       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4209            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4210         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4211     return 0;
4212   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4213     return 0;
4214 
4215   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4216   // we find one that is.
4217   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4218          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4219     S = S->getParent();
4220 
4221   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4222   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4223     D.setInvalidType();
4224   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4225     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4226                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4227       return 0;
4228 
4229     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4230     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4231     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4232       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4233       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4234       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4235       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4236       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4237            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4238         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4239         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4240       return 0;
4241     }
4242     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4243 
4244     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4245         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4246       return 0;
4247 
4248     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4249       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4250            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4251         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4252       D.setInvalidType();
4253     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4254       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4255                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4256         if (DC->isRecord())
4257           return 0;
4258 
4259         D.setInvalidType();
4260       }
4261     }
4262 
4263     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4264     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4265     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4266         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4267       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4268       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4269         D.setInvalidType();
4270     }
4271   }
4272 
4273   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4274     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4275     // Just return early; it's safer.
4276     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4277       return 0;
4278 
4279   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4280   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4281 
4282   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4283                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4284     D.setInvalidType();
4285 
4286   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4287                         ForRedeclaration);
4288 
4289   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4290   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4291     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4292     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4293 
4294     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4295     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4296     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4297     //
4298     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4299     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4300     // the same name.
4301     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4302       /* Do nothing*/;
4303     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4304              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4305               R->isFunctionType())) {
4306       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4307       CreateBuiltins =
4308           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4309     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4310                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4311       CreateBuiltins = true;
4312 
4313     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4314       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4315 
4316     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4317   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4318     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4319 
4320     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4321     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4322     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4323     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4324     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4325     //  thereof; [...]
4326     //
4327     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4328     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4329     // we want to match. For example, given:
4330     //
4331     //   class X {
4332     //     void f();
4333     //     void f(float);
4334     //   };
4335     //
4336     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4337     //
4338     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4339     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4340     // matches.
4341 
4342     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4343     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4344     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4345     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4346     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4347   }
4348 
4349   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4350       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4351     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4352     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4353       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4354                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4355 
4356     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4357     Previous.clear();
4358   }
4359 
4360   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4361   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4362   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4363   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4364   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4365       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4366     Previous.clear();
4367 
4368   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4369   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4370   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4371     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4372 
4373   NamedDecl *New;
4374 
4375   bool AddToScope = true;
4376   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4377     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4378       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4379       return 0;
4380     }
4381 
4382     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4383   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4384     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4385                                   TemplateParamLists,
4386                                   AddToScope);
4387   } else {
4388     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4389                                   AddToScope);
4390   }
4391 
4392   if (New == 0)
4393     return 0;
4394 
4395   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4396   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4397   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4398        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4399     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4400     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4401     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4402     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4403     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4404     if (!AddToContext)
4405       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4406   }
4407 
4408   return New;
4409 }
4410 
4411 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4412 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4413 /// GCC compatibility).
4414 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4415                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4416                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4417                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4418   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4419   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4420   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4421   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4422   SizeIsNegative = false;
4423   Oversized = 0;
4424 
4425   if (T->isDependentType())
4426     return QualType();
4427 
4428   QualifierCollector Qs;
4429   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4430 
4431   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4432     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4433     QualType FixedType =
4434         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4435                                             Oversized);
4436     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4437     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4438     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4439   }
4440   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4441     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4442     QualType FixedType =
4443         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4444                                             Oversized);
4445     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4446     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4447     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4448   }
4449 
4450   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4451   if (!VLATy)
4452     return QualType();
4453   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4454   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4455     return QualType();
4456 
4457   llvm::APSInt Res;
4458   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4459       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4460     return QualType();
4461 
4462   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4463   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4464     SizeIsNegative = true;
4465     return QualType();
4466   }
4467 
4468   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4469   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4470     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4471                                               Res);
4472   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4473     Oversized = Res;
4474     return QualType();
4475   }
4476 
4477   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4478                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4479 }
4480 
4481 static void
4482 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4483   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4484     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4485     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4486                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4487     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4488     return;
4489   }
4490   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4491     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4492     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4493                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4494     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4495     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4496     return;
4497   }
4498   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4499   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4500   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4501   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4502   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4503   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4504   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4505   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4506 }
4507 
4508 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4509 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4510 /// GCC compatibility).
4511 static TypeSourceInfo*
4512 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4513                                               ASTContext &Context,
4514                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4515                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4516   QualType FixedTy
4517     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4518                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4519   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4520     return 0;
4521   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4522   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4523                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4524   return FixedTInfo;
4525 }
4526 
4527 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4528 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4529 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4530 /// function-scope declarations.
4531 void
4532 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4533   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4534       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4535     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4536     return;
4537 
4538   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4539   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4540   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4541   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4542 }
4543 
4544 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4545   if (ExternalSource) {
4546     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4547     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4548     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4549     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4550     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4551       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4552         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4553       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4554         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4555     }
4556   }
4557 
4558   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4559   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4560 }
4561 
4562 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4563 /// does not identify a function.
4564 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4565   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4566   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4567   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4568     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4569          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4570 
4571   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4572     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4573          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4574 
4575   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4576     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4577          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4578 
4579   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4580     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4581          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4582 }
4583 
4584 NamedDecl*
4585 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4586                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4587   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4588   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4589     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4590       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4591     D.setInvalidType();
4592     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4593     DC = CurContext;
4594     Previous.clear();
4595   }
4596 
4597   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4598 
4599   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4600     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4601       << 1;
4602 
4603   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4604     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4605       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4606     return 0;
4607   }
4608 
4609   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4610   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4611 
4612   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4613   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4614 
4615   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4616 
4617   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4618   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4619   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4620   return ND;
4621 }
4622 
4623 void
4624 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4625   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4626   // then it shall have block scope.
4627   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4628   // that redeclarations will match.
4629   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4630   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4631   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4632     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4633 
4634     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4635       bool SizeIsNegative;
4636       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4637       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4638         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4639                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4640                                                       Oversized);
4641       if (FixedTInfo) {
4642         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4643         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4644       } else {
4645         if (SizeIsNegative)
4646           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4647         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4648           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4649         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4650           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4651             << Oversized.toString(10);
4652         else
4653           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4654         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4655       }
4656     }
4657   }
4658 }
4659 
4660 
4661 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4662 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4663 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4664 NamedDecl*
4665 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4666                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4667   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4668   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4669   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4670                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4671   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4672   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4673     Redeclaration = true;
4674     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4675   }
4676 
4677   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4678   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4679     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4680         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4681       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4682         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4683       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4684         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4685       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4686         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4687       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4688         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4689     }
4690 
4691   return NewTD;
4692 }
4693 
4694 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4695 /// previous declaration.
4696 ///
4697 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4698 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4699 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4700 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4701 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4702 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4703 ///
4704 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4705 /// lookup
4706 ///
4707 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4708 /// declared.
4709 ///
4710 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4711 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4712 static bool
4713 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4714                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4715   if (!PrevDecl)
4716     return false;
4717 
4718   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4719     return false;
4720 
4721   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4722     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4723     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4724     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4725     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4726     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4727     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4728     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4729     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4730       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4731       return false;
4732 
4733     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4734     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4735       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4736       return false;
4737 
4738     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4739     // previous declarations.
4740     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4741     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4742 
4743     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4744     // isn't the same function.
4745     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4746       return false;
4747   }
4748 
4749   return true;
4750 }
4751 
4752 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4753   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4754   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4755   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4756 }
4757 
4758 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4759   QualType type = decl->getType();
4760   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4761   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4762     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4763     unsigned kind = -1U;
4764     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4765       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4766         kind = 0; // __block
4767       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4768         kind = 1; // global
4769     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4770       kind = 3; // ivar
4771     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4772       kind = 2; // field
4773     }
4774 
4775     if (kind != -1U) {
4776       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4777         << kind;
4778     }
4779   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4780     // Try to infer lifetime.
4781     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4782       return false;
4783 
4784     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4785     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4786     decl->setType(type);
4787   }
4788 
4789   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4790     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4791     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4792         var->getTLSKind()) {
4793       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4794         << var->getType();
4795       return true;
4796     }
4797   }
4798 
4799   return false;
4800 }
4801 
4802 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4803   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4804   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4805     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4806       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4807       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4808     }
4809   }
4810   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4811     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4812       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4813       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4814     }
4815   }
4816 
4817   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4818   // It does not apply to functions.
4819   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4820     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4821       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4822       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4823     }
4824   }
4825 }
4826 
4827 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4828 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4829 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4830 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4831   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4832 
4833   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4834   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4835 
4836   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4837   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4838     return false;
4839 
4840   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4841 
4842 #ifndef NDEBUG
4843   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4844   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4845   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4846   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4847   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4848 #endif
4849 
4850   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4851 
4852 #ifndef NDEBUG
4853   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4854 #endif
4855 
4856   return isC99Inline;
4857 }
4858 
4859 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4860 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4861 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4862 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4863 ///
4864 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4865 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4866 ///
4867 /// For instance:
4868 ///
4869 ///   auto x = []{};
4870 ///
4871 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4872 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4873 ///
4874 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4875 template<typename T>
4876 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4877   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4878     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4879     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4880       return false;
4881   }
4882   return D->isExternC();
4883 }
4884 
4885 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4886   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4887   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4888     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4889   if (DC->isFileContext())
4890     return true;
4891   if (DC->isRecord())
4892     return false;
4893   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4894 }
4895 
4896 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4897   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4898   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4899     return true;
4900   if (DC->isRecord())
4901     return false;
4902   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4903 }
4904 
4905 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4906 /// function-local external declaration.
4907 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4908   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4909     return false;
4910 
4911   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4912   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4913   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4914   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4915     return true;
4916 
4917   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4918   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4919   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4920   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4921   //
4922   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4923   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4924   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4925     DC = DC->getParent();
4926   return true;
4927 }
4928 
4929 NamedDecl *
4930 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4931                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4932                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4933                               bool &AddToScope) {
4934   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4935   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4936 
4937   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4938   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4939     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4940 
4941   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4942   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4943                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4944 
4945   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4946     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4947     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4948     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4949       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4950       D.setInvalidType();
4951     }
4952   }
4953 
4954   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4955     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4956     // an error here
4957     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4958     D.setInvalidType();
4959     SC = SC_None;
4960   }
4961 
4962   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4963       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4964                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4965     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4966     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4967     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4968     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4969          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4970       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4971   }
4972 
4973   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4974   if (!II) {
4975     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4976       << Name;
4977     return 0;
4978   }
4979 
4980   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4981 
4982   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4983     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4984     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4985     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4986       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4987       // is a GNU extension.
4988       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4989         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4990       else
4991         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4992       D.setInvalidType();
4993     }
4994   }
4995 
4996   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4997     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4998     // OpenCL __local address space.
4999     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5000       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5001     }
5002 
5003     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5004     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5005     // space qualifiers.
5006     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5007       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5008       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5009     }
5010 
5011     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5012     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5013     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5014     // address space qualifiers.
5015     if (R->isEventT()) {
5016       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
5017         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5018         D.setInvalidType();
5019       }
5020 
5021       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5022         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5023         D.setInvalidType();
5024       }
5025     }
5026   }
5027 
5028   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5029   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5030   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5031   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5032   VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5033   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5034   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5035   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5036     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5037                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5038                             R, TInfo, SC);
5039 
5040     if (D.isInvalidType())
5041       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5042   } else {
5043     bool Invalid = false;
5044 
5045     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5046       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5047       switch (SC) {
5048       case SC_None:
5049         break;
5050       case SC_Static:
5051         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5052              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5053           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5054         break;
5055       case SC_Auto:
5056       case SC_Register:
5057       case SC_Extern:
5058         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5059         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5060         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5061         // of class members
5062 
5063         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5064              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5065           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5066         break;
5067       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5068         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5069       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5070         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5071       }
5072     }
5073 
5074     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5075       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5076         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5077           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5078                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5079             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5080 
5081         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5082         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5083         if (RD->isUnion())
5084           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5085                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5086                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5087                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5088         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5089         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5090           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5091                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5092             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5093       }
5094     }
5095 
5096     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
5097     if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end())
5098       PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
5099     PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl);
5100 
5101     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5102     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5103     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
5104         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5105             D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5106             D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5107             /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5108     if (TemplateParams) {
5109       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5110           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5111         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5112         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5113         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5114              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5115           << II
5116           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5117                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5118       } else {
5119         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5120         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5121              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5122                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5123                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5124 
5125         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5126           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5127           // Check that we can declare a specialization here
5128 
5129           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5130           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5131 
5132         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5133           // This is a template declaration.
5134           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5135 
5136           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5137           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5138             return 0;
5139 
5140           // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check
5141           // whether this is a valid redeclaration.
5142           if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))
5143             PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5144 
5145           if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5146             // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible.
5147             if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
5148                     TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5149                     /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
5150               return 0;
5151           } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
5152             // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5153             DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
5154 
5155             // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5156             PrevDecl = 0;
5157           } else if (PrevDecl) {
5158             // C++ [temp]p5:
5159             // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class
5160             // scope shall be unique in that scope.
5161             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
5162                 << Name;
5163             Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5164             return 0;
5165           }
5166 
5167           // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5168           // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5169           // template declaration.
5170           if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5171                   TemplateParams,
5172                   PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5173                                   : 0,
5174                   (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5175                    DC->isDependentContext())
5176                       ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5177                       : TPC_VarTemplate))
5178             Invalid = true;
5179 
5180           if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5181             // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining
5182             // the template out-of-line.
5183             if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid &&
5184                 !PrevVarTemplate) {
5185               Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match)
5186                   << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true
5187                   << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5188               Invalid = true;
5189             }
5190           }
5191         }
5192       }
5193     } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5194       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5195 
5196       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5197       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5198       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5199       // too few of them).
5200       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5201       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5202       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5203           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5204           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5205                                         "template<> ");
5206       IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5207     }
5208 
5209     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5210       if (!PrevVarTemplate) {
5211         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template)
5212             << IsPartialSpecialization;
5213         return 0;
5214       }
5215 
5216       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5217           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5218               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5219               : SourceLocation();
5220       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5221           S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5222           IsPartialSpecialization);
5223       if (Res.isInvalid())
5224         return 0;
5225       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5226       AddToScope = false;
5227     } else
5228       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5229                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5230 
5231     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5232     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5233       NewTemplate =
5234           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5235                                   TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate);
5236       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5237     }
5238 
5239     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5240     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5241     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5242       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5243 
5244     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5245       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5246       if (NewTemplate)
5247         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5248     }
5249 
5250     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5251 
5252     // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()?
5253     if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 &&
5254         (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) {
5255       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5256           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data());
5257     } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization ||
5258                (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 &&
5259                 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) {
5260       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5261                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
5262                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
5263     }
5264 
5265     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5266       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5267   }
5268 
5269   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5270   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5271   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5272   if (NewTemplate)
5273     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5274 
5275   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5276     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5277 
5278   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5279     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5280       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5281       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5282       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5283       //   explicitly.
5284       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5285       //   'extern'.
5286       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5287           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5288           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5289         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5290       else
5291         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5292              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5293           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5294     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5295       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5296            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5297     else
5298       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5299   }
5300 
5301   // C99 6.7.4p3
5302   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5303   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5304   //   thread storage duration...
5305   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5306   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5307   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5308   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5309   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5310   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5311       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5312     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5313     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5314       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5315            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5316       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5317     }
5318   }
5319 
5320   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5321     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5322       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5323           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5324           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5325                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5326     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5327       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5328         << 2
5329         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5330     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5331       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5332         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5333         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5334         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5335     else {
5336       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5337       if (NewTemplate)
5338         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5339     }
5340   }
5341 
5342   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5343   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5344 
5345   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5346     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5347 
5348   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5349     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5350     // storage [duration]."
5351     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5352         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5353          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5354       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5355     }
5356   }
5357 
5358   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5359   // retainable type.
5360   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5361     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5362 
5363   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5364   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5365     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5366     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5367     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5368     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5369       switch (SC) {
5370       case SC_None:
5371       case SC_Auto:
5372         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5373         break;
5374       case SC_Register:
5375         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5376           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5377         break;
5378       case SC_Static:
5379       case SC_Extern:
5380       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5381       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5382         break;
5383       }
5384     }
5385 
5386     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5387                                                 Context, Label));
5388   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5389     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5390       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5391     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5392       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5393       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5394     }
5395   }
5396 
5397   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5398   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5399     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5400 
5401   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5402   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5403   // declaration has linkage).
5404   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5405                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5406                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5407                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5408 
5409   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5410   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5411   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5412       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5413     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5414         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5415         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5416 
5417   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5418     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5419   } else {
5420     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5421     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5422       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5423           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5424           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5425         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5426         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5427         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5428           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5429         Previous.clear();
5430         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5431       }
5432     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5433       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5434       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5435         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5436         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5437       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5438     }
5439 
5440     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5441       if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5442         LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D),
5443                               LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
5444         PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
5445         D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl));
5446       } else
5447         D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5448     }
5449 
5450     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5451     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5452         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5453       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5454   }
5455 
5456   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5457   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5458 
5459   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5460   // the map of such variables.
5461   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5462       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5463     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5464 
5465   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5466     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5467     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5468             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5469                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5470       Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5471     }
5472   }
5473 
5474   // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5475   // template, make a note of that.
5476   if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5477     PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5478 
5479   if (NewTemplate) {
5480     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5481     return NewTemplate;
5482   }
5483 
5484   return NewVD;
5485 }
5486 
5487 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5488 /// -Wshadow.
5489 ///
5490 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5491 /// scope.
5492 ///
5493 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5494 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5495 ///
5496 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5497   // Return if warning is ignored.
5498   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5499         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5500     return;
5501 
5502   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5503   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5504     return;
5505 
5506   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5507 
5508   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5509   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5510     return;
5511 
5512   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5513   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5514     return;
5515 
5516   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5517   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5518     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5519       if (MD->isStatic())
5520         return;
5521 
5522   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5523     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5524       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5525       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5526       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5527              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5528            I != E; ++I)
5529         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5530           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5531           break;
5532         }
5533     }
5534 
5535   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5536 
5537   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5538   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5539     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5540     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5541       return;
5542 
5543     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5544     // static data members from base classes?
5545 
5546     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5547     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5548     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5549   }
5550 
5551   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5552   unsigned Kind;
5553   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5554     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5555       Kind = 3; // field
5556     else
5557       Kind = 2; // static data member
5558   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5559     Kind = 1; // global
5560   else
5561     Kind = 0; // local
5562 
5563   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5564 
5565   // Emit warning and note.
5566   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5567   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5568 }
5569 
5570 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5571 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5572   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5573         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5574     return;
5575 
5576   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5577                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5578   LookupName(R, S);
5579   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5580 }
5581 
5582 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5583 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5584 template<typename T>
5585 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5586     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5587   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5588   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5589 
5590   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5591     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5592     // declaration.
5593     return false;
5594   }
5595 
5596   if (Prev) {
5597     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5598       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5599       // redeclaration.
5600       Previous.clear();
5601       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5602       return true;
5603     }
5604 
5605     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5606     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5607     // declaration.
5608     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5609       return false;
5610   } else {
5611     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5612     // translation unit which might conflict.
5613     if (IsGlobal) {
5614       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5615       IsGlobal = false;
5616       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5617            I != E; ++I) {
5618         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5619           Prev = *I;
5620           break;
5621         }
5622       }
5623     } else {
5624       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5625           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5626       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5627            I != E; ++I) {
5628         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5629           Prev = *I;
5630           break;
5631         }
5632         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5633         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5634         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5635         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5636         // diagnostic.
5637       }
5638     }
5639 
5640     if (!Prev)
5641       return false;
5642   }
5643 
5644   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5645   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5646   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5647   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5648     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5649   else
5650     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5651 
5652   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5653     << IsGlobal << ND;
5654   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5655     << IsGlobal;
5656   return false;
5657 }
5658 
5659 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5660 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5661 ///
5662 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5663 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5664 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5665 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5666 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5667 template<typename T>
5668 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5669                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5670   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5671     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5672     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5673     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5674     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5675       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5676         Previous.clear();
5677         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5678         return true;
5679       }
5680     }
5681     return false;
5682   }
5683 
5684   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5685   // declaration.
5686   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5687     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5688 
5689   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5690   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5691   // in another scope.
5692   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5693     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5694 
5695   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5696   return false;
5697 }
5698 
5699 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5700   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5701   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5702     return;
5703 
5704   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5705   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5706 
5707   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5708   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5709     return;
5710 
5711   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5712     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5713       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5714     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5715     NewVD->setType(T);
5716   }
5717 
5718   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5719   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5720   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5721   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5722   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5723     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5724     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5725     return;
5726   }
5727 
5728   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5729   // __constant address space.
5730   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5731       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5732       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5733     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5734     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5735     return;
5736   }
5737 
5738   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5739   // scope.
5740   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5741       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5742     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5743     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5744     return;
5745   }
5746 
5747   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5748       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5749     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5750       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5751     else {
5752       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5753       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5754     }
5755   }
5756 
5757   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5758   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5759       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5760     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5761 
5762   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5763       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5764     bool SizeIsNegative;
5765     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5766     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5767       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5768                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5769     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5770       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5771       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5772       // int a[10][n];
5773       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5774 
5775       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5776         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5777         << SizeRange;
5778       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5779         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5780         << SizeRange;
5781       else
5782         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5783         << SizeRange;
5784       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5785       return;
5786     }
5787 
5788     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5789       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5790         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5791       else
5792         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5793       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5794       return;
5795     }
5796 
5797     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5798     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5799     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5800   }
5801 
5802   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5803     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5804     //                    of objects and functions.
5805     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5806       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5807         << T;
5808       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5809       return;
5810     }
5811   }
5812 
5813   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5814     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5815     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5816     return;
5817   }
5818 
5819   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5820     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5821     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5822     return;
5823   }
5824 
5825   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5826       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5827                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5828     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5829     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5830     return;
5831   }
5832 }
5833 
5834 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5835 /// declaration.
5836 ///
5837 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5838 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5839 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5840 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5841 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5842 ///
5843 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5844 ///
5845 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5846 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5847   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5848 
5849   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5850   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5851     return false;
5852 
5853   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5854   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5855   if (Previous.empty() &&
5856       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5857     Previous.setShadowed();
5858 
5859   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5860   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5861 
5862   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5863     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5864     return true;
5865   }
5866   return false;
5867 }
5868 
5869 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5870 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5871   Sema *S;
5872   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5873 };
5874 
5875 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5876 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5877 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5878 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5879                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5880                                  void *UserData) {
5881   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5882 
5883   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5884     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5885 
5886   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5887 
5888   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5889   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5890     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5891     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5892     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5893 
5894     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5895   }
5896 
5897   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5898        !Path.Decls.empty();
5899        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5900     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5901     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5902       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5903         return true;
5904     }
5905   }
5906 
5907   return false;
5908 }
5909 
5910 namespace {
5911   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5912 }
5913 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5914 /// overriden methods.
5915 ///
5916 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5917 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5918 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5919 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5920                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5921   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5922   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5923                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5924        I != E; ++I) {
5925     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5926     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5927     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5928     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5929         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5930         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5931       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5932   }
5933 }
5934 
5935 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5936 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5937 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5938   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5939   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5940   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5941   Data.Method = MD;
5942   Data.S = this;
5943   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5944   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5945   bool AddedAny = false;
5946   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5947     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5948          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5949       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5950         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5951         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5952             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5953             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5954             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5955           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5956           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5957           AddedAny = true;
5958         }
5959       }
5960     }
5961   }
5962 
5963   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5964     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5965   }
5966   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5967     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5968   }
5969 
5970   return AddedAny;
5971 }
5972 
5973 namespace {
5974   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5975   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5976   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5977     Scope *S;
5978     Declarator &D;
5979     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5980     bool AddToScope;
5981   };
5982 }
5983 
5984 namespace {
5985 
5986 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5987 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5988 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5989  public:
5990   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5991                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5992       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5993         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5994 
5995   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5996     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5997       return false;
5998 
5999     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6000     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6001                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6002          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6003       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6004 
6005       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6006           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6007         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6008           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6009           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6010             return true;
6011         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6012           return true;
6013         }
6014       }
6015     }
6016 
6017     return false;
6018   }
6019 
6020  private:
6021   ASTContext &Context;
6022   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6023   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6024 };
6025 
6026 }
6027 
6028 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6029 ///
6030 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6031 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6032 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6033 /// the same name.
6034 ///
6035 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6036 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6037 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6038     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6039     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6040   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6041   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6042   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6043   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6044   TypoCorrection Correction;
6045   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6046   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6047                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6048   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6049                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6050                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6051                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6052 
6053   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6054   if (IsLocalFriend)
6055     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6056   else
6057     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6058   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6059          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6060   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6061   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6062                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6063   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6064     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6065          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6066       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6067       if (FD &&
6068           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6069         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6070         // involve a parameter
6071         unsigned ParamNum =
6072             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6073         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6074       }
6075     }
6076   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6077   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6078                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6079                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6080                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6081     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6082     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6083                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6084     Previous.clear();
6085     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6086     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6087                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6088          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6089       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6090       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6091           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6092         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6093       }
6094     }
6095     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6096 
6097     NamedDecl *Result;
6098     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6099     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6100     {
6101       // Trap errors.
6102       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6103 
6104       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6105       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6106       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6107       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6108           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6109           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6110           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6111           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6112 
6113       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6114         Result = 0;
6115     }
6116 
6117     if (Result) {
6118       // Determine which correction we picked.
6119       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6120       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6121            I != E; ++I)
6122         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6123           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6124 
6125       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6126           Correction,
6127           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6128                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6129                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6130             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6131       return Result;
6132     }
6133 
6134     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6135     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6136                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6137     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6138     Previous.clear();
6139     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6140   }
6141 
6142   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6143       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6144 
6145   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6146   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6147     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6148 
6149   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6150        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6151        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6152     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6153     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6154     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6155     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6156 
6157     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6158     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6159       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6160       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6161       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6162       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6163                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6164         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6165         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6166     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6167       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6168           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6169     } else
6170       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6171                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6172                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6173   }
6174   return 0;
6175 }
6176 
6177 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6178                                                           Declarator &D) {
6179   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6180   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6181   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6182   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6183   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6184     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6185                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6186     D.setInvalidType();
6187     break;
6188   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6189   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6190     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6191       return SC_None;
6192     return SC_Extern;
6193   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6194     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6195       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6196       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6197       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6198       //   other than extern
6199       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6200       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6201                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6202       break;
6203     } else
6204       return SC_Static;
6205   }
6206   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6207   }
6208 
6209   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6210   return SC_None;
6211 }
6212 
6213 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6214                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6215                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6216                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6217                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6218   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6219   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6220 
6221   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6222   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6223 
6224   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6225     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6226     // prototype. This true when:
6227     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6228     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6229     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6230     bool HasPrototype =
6231       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6232       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6233 
6234     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6235                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6236                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6237                                  HasPrototype, false);
6238     if (D.isInvalidType())
6239       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6240 
6241     // Set the lexical context.
6242     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6243 
6244     return NewFD;
6245   }
6246 
6247   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6248   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6249 
6250   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6251   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6252   // the class has been completely parsed.
6253   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6254       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6255                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
6256                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6257                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6258     D.setInvalidType();
6259 
6260   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6261     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6262     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6263            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6264 
6265     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6266     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6267                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6268                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6269                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6270                                       isConstexpr);
6271 
6272   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6273     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6274     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6275       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6276       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6277       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6278                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6279                                         D.getLocStart(),
6280                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6281                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6282 
6283       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6284       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6285       // it yet.
6286       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6287           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6288           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6289         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6290       }
6291 
6292       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6293       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6294       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6295       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6296           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6297           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
6298         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6299       }
6300 
6301       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6302       return NewDD;
6303 
6304     } else {
6305       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6306       D.setInvalidType();
6307 
6308       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6309       // code path.
6310       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6311                                   D.getLocStart(),
6312                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6313                                   SC, isInline,
6314                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6315     }
6316 
6317   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6318     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6319       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6320            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6321       return 0;
6322     }
6323 
6324     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6325     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6326     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6327                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6328                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6329                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6330 
6331   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6332     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6333     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6334     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6335     // constructor if it has no return type).
6336     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6337         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6338       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6339         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6340         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6341       return 0;
6342     }
6343 
6344     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6345     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6346                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6347                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6348                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6349                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6350     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6351     return Ret;
6352   } else {
6353     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6354     // prototype. This true when:
6355     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6356     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6357                                 D.getLocStart(),
6358                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6359                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6360   }
6361 }
6362 
6363 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6364   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6365   // typedef of void is not permitted.
6366   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6367       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6368     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6369     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6370       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6371     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6372                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6373       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6374     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6375       << IsTypeAlias;
6376   }
6377 }
6378 
6379 enum OpenCLParamType {
6380   ValidKernelParam,
6381   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6382   PtrKernelParam,
6383   InvalidKernelParam,
6384   RecordKernelParam
6385 };
6386 
6387 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6388   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6389     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6390     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6391   }
6392 
6393   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6394   // be used as builtin types.
6395 
6396   if (PT->isImageType())
6397     return PtrKernelParam;
6398 
6399   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6400     return InvalidKernelParam;
6401 
6402   if (PT->isEventT())
6403     return InvalidKernelParam;
6404 
6405   if (PT->isHalfType())
6406     return InvalidKernelParam;
6407 
6408   if (PT->isRecordType())
6409     return RecordKernelParam;
6410 
6411   return ValidKernelParam;
6412 }
6413 
6414 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6415   Sema &S,
6416   Declarator &D,
6417   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6418   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6419   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6420 
6421   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6422   // used again
6423   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6424     return;
6425 
6426   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6427   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6428     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6429     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6430     // pointer to a pointer type.
6431     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6432     D.setInvalidType();
6433     return;
6434 
6435     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6436     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6437     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6438     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6439     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6440 
6441   case InvalidKernelParam:
6442     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6443     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6444     // of event_t type.
6445     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6446     D.setInvalidType();
6447     return;
6448 
6449   case PtrKernelParam:
6450   case ValidKernelParam:
6451     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6452     return;
6453 
6454   case RecordKernelParam:
6455     break;
6456   }
6457 
6458   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6459   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6460 
6461   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6462   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6463   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6464   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6465 
6466   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6467   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6468 
6469   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6470 
6471   do {
6472     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6473     if (!Next) {
6474       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6475       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6476       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6477         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6478 
6479       continue;
6480     }
6481 
6482     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6483     // field itself) to the history stack.
6484     const RecordDecl *RD;
6485     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6486       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6487       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6488     } else {
6489       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6490     }
6491 
6492     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6493     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6494 
6495     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6496            E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6497       const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6498       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6499 
6500       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6501         continue;
6502 
6503       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6504       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6505         continue;
6506 
6507       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6508         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6509         continue;
6510       }
6511 
6512       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6513       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6514       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6515       // union.
6516       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6517         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6518                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6519           << PT->isUnionType()
6520           << PT;
6521       } else {
6522         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6523       }
6524 
6525       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6526         << PD->getDeclName();
6527 
6528       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6529       // the offending field came from
6530       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6531              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6532         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6533         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6534           << OuterField->getType();
6535       }
6536 
6537       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6538         << QT->isPointerType()
6539         << QT;
6540       D.setInvalidType();
6541       return;
6542     }
6543   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6544 }
6545 
6546 NamedDecl*
6547 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6548                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6549                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6550                               bool &AddToScope) {
6551   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6552 
6553   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6554 
6555   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6556   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6557   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6558   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6559 
6560   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6561     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6562          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6563       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6564 
6565   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6566     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6567 
6568   bool isFriend = false;
6569   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6570   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6571   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6572 
6573   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6574   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6575   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6576 
6577   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6578 
6579   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6580   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6581 
6582   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6583                                               isVirtualOkay);
6584   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6585 
6586   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6587     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6588 
6589   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6590   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6591   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6592   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6593 
6594   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6595     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6596 
6597   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6598     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6599     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6600     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6601     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6602     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6603     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6604       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6605       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6606       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6607       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6608     }
6609 
6610     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6611     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6612     // return true).
6613     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6614           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6615       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6616         NewFD->setPure(true);
6617     }
6618 
6619     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6620     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6621     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6622     if (D.isInvalidType())
6623       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6624 
6625     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6626     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6627     bool Invalid = false;
6628     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6629             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6630                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6631                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6632                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6633       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6634         // This is a function template
6635 
6636         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6637         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6638           return 0;
6639 
6640         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6641         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6642           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6643           return 0;
6644         }
6645 
6646         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6647         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6648         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6649         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6650           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6651           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6652             Invalid = true;
6653         }
6654 
6655 
6656         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6657                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6658                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6659                                                         NewFD);
6660         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6661         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6662 
6663         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6664         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6665           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6666                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6667                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6668         }
6669       } else {
6670         // This is a function template specialization.
6671         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6672         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6673         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6674                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6675                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6676 
6677         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6678         if (isFriend) {
6679           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6680           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6681 
6682           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6683           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6684           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6685           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6686           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6687           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6688           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6689             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6690             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6691           }
6692 
6693           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6694             << Name << RemoveRange
6695             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6696             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6697         }
6698       }
6699     }
6700     else {
6701       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6702       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6703       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6704         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6705         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6706                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6707                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6708     }
6709 
6710     if (Invalid) {
6711       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6712       if (FunctionTemplate)
6713         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6714     }
6715 
6716     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6717     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6718     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6719     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6720     //
6721     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6722       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6723         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6724              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6725       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6726         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6727         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6728              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6729           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6730       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6731         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6732         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6733         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6734              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6735           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6736       } else {
6737         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6738         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6739       }
6740 
6741       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6742           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6743         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6744     }
6745 
6746     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6747         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6748          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6749         NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6750       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6751       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6752       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6753       // thing to do.
6754       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6755       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6756       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6757           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6758       QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(),
6759                                        Context.DependentTy);
6760       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(),
6761                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6762     }
6763 
6764     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6765     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6766     //  declaration.
6767     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6768       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6769         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6770         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6771              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6772           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6773       }
6774     }
6775 
6776     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6777     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6778     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6779     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6780     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6781       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6782         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6783         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6784              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6785           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6786       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6787                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6788         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6789         // or conversion function.
6790         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6791              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6792           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6793       }
6794     }
6795 
6796     if (isConstexpr) {
6797       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6798       // are implicitly inline.
6799       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6800 
6801       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6802       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6803       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6804       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6805         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6806     }
6807 
6808     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6809     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6810       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6811         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6812           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6813         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6814           << 0
6815           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6816       } else {
6817         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6818         if (FunctionTemplate)
6819           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6820       }
6821     }
6822 
6823     if (isFriend) {
6824       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6825         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6826         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6827       }
6828       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6829       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6830     }
6831 
6832     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6833     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6834       case FDK_Declaration:
6835       case FDK_Definition:
6836         break;
6837 
6838       case FDK_Defaulted:
6839         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6840         break;
6841 
6842       case FDK_Deleted:
6843         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6844         break;
6845     }
6846 
6847     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6848         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6849       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6850       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6851       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6852       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6853     }
6854 
6855     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6856         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6857       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6858       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6859       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6860       //   the class.
6861 
6862       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6863       // member function definition.
6864       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6865            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6866         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6867     }
6868 
6869     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6870     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6871     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6872     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6873     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6874          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6875         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6876       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6877       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6878       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6879                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6880     }
6881   }
6882 
6883   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6884   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6885                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6886                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6887                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6888 
6889   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6890   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6891     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6892     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6893     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6894                                                 SE->getString()));
6895   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6896     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6897       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6898     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6899       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6900       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6901     }
6902   }
6903 
6904   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6905   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6906   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6907   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6908     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6909 
6910     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6911     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6912     // single void argument.
6913     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6914     // already checks for that case.
6915     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6916         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6917         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6918       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6919       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6920     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6921       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6922         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6923         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6924         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6925         Params.push_back(Param);
6926 
6927         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6928           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6929       }
6930     }
6931 
6932   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6933     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6934     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6935     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6936     //
6937     // @code
6938     // typedef void fn(int);
6939     // fn f;
6940     // @endcode
6941 
6942     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6943     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6944          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6945       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6946         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6947       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6948       Params.push_back(Param);
6949     }
6950   } else {
6951     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6952            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6953   }
6954 
6955   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6956   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6957 
6958   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6959   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6960   //
6961   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6962   //
6963   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6964   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6965   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6966 
6967   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6968     NewFD->addAttr(
6969         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6970                                        Context));
6971 
6972   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6973   // because all functions have linkage.
6974   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6975       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6976     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6977     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6978   }
6979 
6980   // Handle attributes.
6981   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6982 
6983   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6984   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6985       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6986   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6987       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6988     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6989     // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it
6990     // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators).
6991     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) {
6992       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6993                                                         Context));
6994     }
6995   }
6996 
6997   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6998     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6999     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7000     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7001       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7002 
7003     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7004       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7005 
7006     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7007       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7008                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7009     else if (!Previous.empty())
7010       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7011       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7012     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7013             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7014            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7015   } else {
7016     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7017     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7018     //
7019     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7020     //
7021     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7022     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7023     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7024         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7025         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7026       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7027            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7028         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7029 
7030     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7031     // argument list into our AST format.
7032     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7033       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7034       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7035       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7036       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7037                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7038       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7039                                  TemplateArgs);
7040 
7041       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7042 
7043       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7044         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7045       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7046         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7047         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7048           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7049 
7050         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7051       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7052                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7053         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7054         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7055         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7056         // too few of them).
7057         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7058         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7059         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7060           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7061           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7062                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7063                                         "template<> ");
7064         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7065       } else {
7066         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7067         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7068       }
7069     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7070       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7071       // wrote something like:
7072       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7073       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7074       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7075       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7076       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7077         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7078       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7079     }
7080 
7081     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7082     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7083     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7084     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7085     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7086     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7087         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7088          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7089             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7090             InstantiationDependent))) {
7091       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7092              "friend function specialization without template args");
7093       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7094                                                        Previous))
7095         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7096     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7097       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7098           && !isFriend) {
7099         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7100         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7101           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7102           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7103           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7104       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7105                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7106                                                      Previous))
7107         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7108 
7109       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7110       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7111       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7112       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7113           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7114       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7115         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7116           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7117                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7118             << SC
7119             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7120                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7121 
7122         else
7123           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7124                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7125             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7126                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7127       }
7128 
7129     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7130       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7131           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7132     }
7133 
7134     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7135     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7136       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7137         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7138 
7139       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7140         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7141 
7142       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7143         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
7144         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
7145         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7146           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
7147       } else
7148         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7149                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7150     }
7151 
7152     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7153             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7154            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7155 
7156     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7157                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7158                                 : NewFD);
7159 
7160     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7161       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7162       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7163         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7164 
7165       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7166       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7167     }
7168 
7169     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7170         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7171       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7172 
7173     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7174     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7175     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7176       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7177                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7178       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7179                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7180                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7181                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7182                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7183                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7184                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7185                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7186                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7187                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7188                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7189     }
7190 
7191     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7192       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7193     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7194       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7195                                        AddToScope };
7196       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7197       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7198         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7199 
7200       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7201       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7202         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7203         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7204 
7205         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7206         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7207         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7208         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7209         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7210         // can actually do this check immediately.
7211         if (isFriend &&
7212             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7213              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7214              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7215           // ignore these
7216         } else {
7217           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7218           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7219           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7220           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7221           //
7222           // class X {
7223           //   void f() const;
7224           // };
7225           //
7226           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7227           //
7228           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7229           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7230           // whether the parameter types are references).
7231 
7232           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7233                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7234             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7235             return Result;
7236           }
7237         }
7238 
7239         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7240         // to something.
7241       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7242         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7243                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7244           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7245           return Result;
7246         }
7247       }
7248 
7249     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7250                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7251                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7252                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7253       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7254       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7255       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7256       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7257       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7258       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7259       // generate them.
7260       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7261         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7262     }
7263   }
7264 
7265   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7266   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7267 
7268   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7269 
7270   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7271       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7272     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7273          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7274       << NewFD;
7275 
7276     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7277     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7278     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7279         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7280     EPI.Variadic = true;
7281     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7282 
7283     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
7284     NewFD->setType(R);
7285   }
7286 
7287   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7288   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7289   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7290     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7291 
7292   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7293   // marking the function.
7294   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7295 
7296   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7297   // the map of such variables.
7298   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7299       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7300     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7301 
7302   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7303   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7304 
7305   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7306     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7307       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7308         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7309       return FunctionTemplate;
7310     }
7311   }
7312 
7313   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7314     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7315     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7316         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7317       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7318       D.setInvalidType();
7319     }
7320 
7321     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7322     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
7323       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7324            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7325       D.setInvalidType();
7326     }
7327 
7328     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7329     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7330          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7331       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7332       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7333     }
7334   }
7335 
7336   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7337 
7338   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7339     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7340       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7341           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7342         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7343           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
7344             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7345 
7346           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7347         }
7348       }
7349 
7350   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7351   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7352   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7353   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7354     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7355                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7356                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7357                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7358                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7359     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7360     AddToScope = false;
7361   }
7362 
7363   return NewFD;
7364 }
7365 
7366 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7367 ///
7368 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7369 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7370 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7371 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7372 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7373 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7374 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7375 ///
7376 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7377 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7378 ///
7379 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7380 ///
7381 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7382 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7383                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7384                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7385   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
7386          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7387 
7388   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7389   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7390   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7391   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7392                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7393 
7394   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7395   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7396 
7397   bool Redeclaration = false;
7398   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7399 
7400   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7401   // the same name, if appropriate.
7402   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7403     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7404     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7405     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7406     // function to the scope.
7407     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7408       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7409       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7410         Redeclaration = true;
7411         OldDecl = Candidate;
7412       }
7413     } else {
7414       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7415                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7416       case Ovl_Match:
7417         Redeclaration = true;
7418         break;
7419 
7420       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7421         Redeclaration = true;
7422         break;
7423 
7424       case Ovl_Overload:
7425         Redeclaration = false;
7426         break;
7427       }
7428 
7429       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7430         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7431         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7432         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7433           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7434         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7435         if (Redeclaration)
7436           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7437         else if (!Previous.empty())
7438           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7439         if (OverloadedDecl)
7440           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7441                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7442         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7443                                                         Context));
7444       }
7445     }
7446   }
7447 
7448   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7449   if (!Redeclaration &&
7450       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7451     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7452     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7453       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7454       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7455       Redeclaration = true;
7456       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7457       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7458 
7459       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7460       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7461         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7462           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7463             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7464           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7465                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7466           NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7467                                                           Context));
7468         }
7469         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7470           Redeclaration = false;
7471           OldDecl = 0;
7472         }
7473       }
7474     }
7475   }
7476 
7477   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7478   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7479   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7480   //
7481   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7482   // definition of a static member function.
7483   //
7484   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7485   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7486   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7487   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7488       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7489       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7490     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7491     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
7492           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
7493       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
7494     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7495       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7496         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7497       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7498       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7499       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
7500                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
7501 
7502       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7503       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7504       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7505         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7506         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7507                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7508           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7509 
7510         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7511           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7512       }
7513     }
7514   }
7515 
7516   if (Redeclaration) {
7517     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7518     // merged.
7519     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7520       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7521       return Redeclaration;
7522     }
7523 
7524     Previous.clear();
7525     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7526 
7527     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7528                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7529       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7530       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7531         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7532       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7533       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7534             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7535         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7536         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7537       }
7538 
7539       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7540       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7541       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7542           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7543         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7544         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7545       }
7546 
7547     } else {
7548       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7549       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7550 
7551       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7552         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7553         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7554         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7555         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7556 
7557         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7558         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7559         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7560 
7561         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7562         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7563             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7564           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7565           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7566           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7567           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7568           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7569             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7570           }
7571         }
7572       }
7573     }
7574   }
7575 
7576   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7577   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7578     // C++-specific checks.
7579     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7580       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7581     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7582                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7583       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7584       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7585 
7586       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7587       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7588       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7589         DeclarationName Name
7590           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7591                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7592         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7593           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7594           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7595           return Redeclaration;
7596         }
7597       }
7598     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7599                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7600       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7601     }
7602 
7603     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7604     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7605       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7606           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7607           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7608         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7609           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7610           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7611             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7612           }
7613         }
7614       }
7615 
7616       if (Method->isStatic())
7617         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7618     }
7619 
7620     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7621     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7622         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7623       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7624       return Redeclaration;
7625     }
7626 
7627     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7628     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7629         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7630       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7631       return Redeclaration;
7632     }
7633 
7634     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7635     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7636     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7637     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7638       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7639 
7640     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7641     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7642     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7643       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7644       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7645       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7646       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7647         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7648         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7649         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7650       }
7651     }
7652 
7653     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7654     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7655     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7656     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7657     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7658       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
7659       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7660         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7661             << NewFD << R;
7662       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7663                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7664         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7665     }
7666   }
7667   return Redeclaration;
7668 }
7669 
7670 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7671   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7672   if (!TSI)
7673     return SourceRange();
7674 
7675   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7676   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7677   if (!FunctionTL)
7678     return SourceRange();
7679 
7680   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
7681   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7682     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7683 
7684   return SourceRange();
7685 }
7686 
7687 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7688   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
7689   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
7690   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7691   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7692   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7693   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7694   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7695     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7696          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7697       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7698   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7699     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7700       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7701   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7702     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7703     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7704                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7705     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7706     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7707       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7708   }
7709   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7710     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7711       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7712     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7713   }
7714 
7715   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7716     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7717         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7718     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7719     return;
7720   }
7721 
7722   QualType T = FD->getType();
7723   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7724   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7725 
7726   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7727   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7728     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7729     // set the flag which tells us that.
7730     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7731     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7732 
7733   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7734   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7735   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7736   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7737     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7738 
7739     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7740     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7741       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7742           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7743 
7744   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7745   } else {
7746     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7747     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7748       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7749           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7750     else
7751       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7752 
7753     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7754   }
7755 
7756   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7757   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7758 
7759   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7760   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7761   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7762 
7763   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7764 
7765   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7766   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7767   // getting shifty.
7768   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7769     HasExtraParameters = false;
7770 
7771   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7772     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7773     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7774     nparams = 3;
7775   }
7776 
7777   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7778   // if we had some location information about types.
7779 
7780   QualType CharPP =
7781     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7782   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7783 
7784   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7785     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7786 
7787     bool mismatch = true;
7788 
7789     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7790       mismatch = false;
7791     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7792       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7793       //   char const **
7794       //   char const * const *
7795       //   char * const *
7796 
7797       QualifierCollector qs;
7798       const PointerType* PT;
7799       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7800           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7801           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7802                               Context.CharTy)) {
7803         qs.removeConst();
7804         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7805       }
7806     }
7807 
7808     if (mismatch) {
7809       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7810       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7811       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7812     }
7813   }
7814 
7815   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7816     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7817   }
7818 
7819   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7820     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7821     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7822   }
7823 }
7824 
7825 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7826   QualType T = FD->getType();
7827   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7828   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7829 
7830   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7831   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7832   if (FT->getResultType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7833       FT->getResultType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7834       FT->getResultType()->isNullPtrType())
7835     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7836     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7837       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7838 
7839   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7840     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7841     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7842   }
7843 }
7844 
7845 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7846   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7847   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7848   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7849   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7850   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7851   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7852   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7853   // rules there don't matter.)
7854   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7855     return false;
7856   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7857     << Init->getSourceRange();
7858   return true;
7859 }
7860 
7861 namespace {
7862   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7863   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7864   class SelfReferenceChecker
7865       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7866     Sema &S;
7867     Decl *OrigDecl;
7868     bool isRecordType;
7869     bool isPODType;
7870     bool isReferenceType;
7871 
7872   public:
7873     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7874 
7875     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7876                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7877       isPODType = false;
7878       isRecordType = false;
7879       isReferenceType = false;
7880       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7881         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7882         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7883         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7884       }
7885     }
7886 
7887     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7888     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7889     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7890     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7891       if (isReferenceType)
7892         return;
7893       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7894       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7895         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7896         return;
7897       }
7898 
7899       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7900         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7901         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7902         return;
7903       }
7904 
7905       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7906         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7907         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7908           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7909           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7910             return;
7911           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7912         }
7913         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7914           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7915         return;
7916       }
7917     }
7918 
7919     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7920     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7921     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7922       if (isReferenceType)
7923         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7924     }
7925 
7926     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7927       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7928           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7929         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7930 
7931       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7932     }
7933 
7934     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7935       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7936       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7937 
7938       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7939       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7940       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7941       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7942       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7943       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7944         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7945           Warn = false;
7946         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7947       }
7948 
7949       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7950         if (Warn)
7951           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7952         return;
7953       }
7954 
7955       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7956       // Visit that expression.
7957       Visit(Base);
7958     }
7959 
7960     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7961       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7962         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7963           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7964 
7965       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7966     }
7967 
7968     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7969       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7970       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7971           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7972         if (!isPODType)
7973           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7974         return;
7975       }
7976       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7977     }
7978 
7979     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7980 
7981     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7982       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7983       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7984       unsigned diag;
7985       if (isReferenceType) {
7986         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7987       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7988         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7989       } else {
7990         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7991       }
7992 
7993       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7994                             S.PDiag(diag)
7995                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7996                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7997                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7998     }
7999   };
8000 
8001   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8002   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8003                                  bool DirectInit) {
8004     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8005     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8006     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8007       return;
8008 
8009     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8010 
8011     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8012     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8013     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8014       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8015         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8016           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8017             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8018               return;
8019 
8020     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8021   }
8022 }
8023 
8024 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8025 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8026 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8027 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8028                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8029   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8030   // the initializer.
8031   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8032     return;
8033 
8034   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8035     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8036     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8037     // Thus this grotesque test.
8038     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8039     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8040         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8041       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8042     else {
8043       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8044         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8045       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8046     }
8047     return;
8048   }
8049 
8050   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8051   if (!VDecl) {
8052     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8053     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8054     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8055     return;
8056   }
8057   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8058 
8059   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8060   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8061     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8062     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8063     // contains exactly one expression.
8064     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8065       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8066         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8067         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8068         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8069              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8070                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8071           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8072           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8073         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8074         return;
8075       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8076         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8077              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8078                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8079                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8080           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8081           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8082         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8083         return;
8084       } else {
8085         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8086       }
8087     }
8088 
8089     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8090     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8091     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8092         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8093       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8094       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8095         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8096         return;
8097       }
8098       Init = Result.take();
8099       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8100     }
8101 
8102     QualType DeducedType;
8103     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8104             DAR_Failed)
8105       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8106     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8107       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8108       return;
8109     }
8110     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8111     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8112 
8113     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8114     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8115       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8116 
8117     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8118     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8119     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8120     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8121     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8122         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8123       SourceLocation Loc =
8124           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8125       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8126         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8127     }
8128 
8129     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8130     // the previously declared type.
8131     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8132       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8133       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8134       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8135     }
8136 
8137     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8138     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8139     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8140       return;
8141   }
8142 
8143   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8144     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8145     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8146     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8147     return;
8148   }
8149 
8150   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8151     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8152     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8153     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8154     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8155     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8156       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8157     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8158                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8159       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8160       return;
8161     }
8162 
8163     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8164     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8165                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8166                                AbstractVariableType))
8167       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8168   }
8169 
8170   const VarDecl *Def;
8171   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8172     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8173       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8174     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8175     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8176     return;
8177   }
8178 
8179   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8180   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8181     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8182     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8183     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8184     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8185     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8186     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8187     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8188     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8189     //
8190     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8191     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8192     // declaration with an initializer.
8193     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8194       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8195           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8196       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8197       return;
8198     }
8199 
8200     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8201       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8202 
8203     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8204       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8205       return;
8206     }
8207   }
8208 
8209   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8210   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8211   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8212     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8213     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8214     return;
8215   }
8216 
8217   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8218   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8219   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8220 
8221   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8222   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8223   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8224       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8225     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8226     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8227       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8228       return;
8229     }
8230     Init = Result.take();
8231   }
8232 
8233   // Perform the initialization.
8234   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8235     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8236     InitializationKind Kind
8237       = DirectInit ?
8238           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8239                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8240                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8241                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8242                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8243                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8244                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8245 
8246     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8247     if (CXXDirectInit)
8248       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8249                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8250 
8251     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8252     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8253     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8254       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8255       return;
8256     }
8257 
8258     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8259   }
8260 
8261   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8262   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8263   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8264   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8265       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8266     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8267   }
8268 
8269   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8270   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8271   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8272   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8273   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8274     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8275 
8276   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8277     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8278 
8279     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8280       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8281 
8282     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8283     // Although this code can still have problems:
8284     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8285     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8286     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8287     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8288     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8289     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8290       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8291         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8292                                  Init->getLocStart());
8293       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8294         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8295     }
8296   }
8297 
8298   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8299   //
8300   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8301   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8302   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8303   //
8304   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8305   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8306   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8307   //
8308   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8309   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8310                                           false,
8311                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8312   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8313     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8314     return;
8315   }
8316   Init = Result.take();
8317 
8318   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8319   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8320 
8321   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8322     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8323     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8324     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8325     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8326       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8327         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8328       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8329       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8330       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8331       // constant expressions.
8332       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8333                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8334                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8335         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8336              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8337           << Init->getSourceRange();
8338     }
8339   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8340              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8341     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8342     //
8343     // struct S {
8344     //   static const int value = 17;
8345     // };
8346 
8347     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8348     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8349     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8350     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8351     //
8352     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8353     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8354     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8355     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8356     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8357     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8358     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8359     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8360     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8361 
8362     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8363     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8364 
8365     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8366     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8367     // type.
8368     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8369 
8370     // Require constness.
8371     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8372       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8373         << Init->getSourceRange();
8374       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8375 
8376     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8377     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8378       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8379       SourceLocation Loc;
8380       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8381         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8382         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8383         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8384       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8385         ; // Nothing to check.
8386       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8387         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8388       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8389         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8390         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8391         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8392           << Init->getSourceRange();
8393       } else {
8394         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8395         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8396         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8397           << Init->getSourceRange();
8398         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8399       }
8400 
8401     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8402     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8403       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8404       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8405       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8406         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8407              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8408             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8409         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8410              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8411             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8412       } else {
8413         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8414           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8415 
8416         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8417           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8418             << Init->getSourceRange();
8419           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8420         }
8421       }
8422 
8423     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8424     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8425       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8426         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8427         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8428       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8429 
8430     } else {
8431       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8432         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8433       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8434     }
8435   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8436     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8437         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8438          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8439            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8440         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8441       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8442 
8443     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8444     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8445       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8446     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8447              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8448              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8449              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8450                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8451       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8452       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8453       //   initialization.
8454       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8455       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8456       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8457         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8458     }
8459   }
8460 
8461   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8462   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8463   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8464   //
8465   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8466   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8467   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8468   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8469   // special case code.
8470 
8471   // C++ 8.5p11:
8472   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8473   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8474   // class type.
8475   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8476     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8477     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8478   } else if (DirectInit) {
8479     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8480     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8481   }
8482 
8483   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8484 }
8485 
8486 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8487 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8488 /// of sanity.
8489 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8490   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8491   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8492   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8493 
8494   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8495   if (!VD) return;
8496 
8497   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8498   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8499     D->setInvalidDecl();
8500     return;
8501   }
8502 
8503   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8504   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8505 
8506   // Require a complete type.
8507   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8508                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8509                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8510     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8511     return;
8512   }
8513 
8514   // Require an abstract type.
8515   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8516                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8517                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8518     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8519     return;
8520   }
8521 
8522   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8523   // though.
8524 }
8525 
8526 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8527                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8528   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8529   if (RealDecl == 0)
8530     return;
8531 
8532   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8533     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8534 
8535     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8536     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8537       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8538         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8539       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8540       return;
8541     }
8542 
8543     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8544     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8545     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8546     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8547     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8548     // member.
8549     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8550       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8551         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8552              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8553           << Var->getDeclName();
8554       else
8555         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8556       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8557       return;
8558     }
8559 
8560     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8561     case VarDecl::Definition:
8562       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8563         break;
8564 
8565       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8566       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8567       // a declaration.
8568       //
8569       // Fall through
8570 
8571     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8572       // It's only a declaration.
8573 
8574       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8575       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8576       // object shall be complete.
8577       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8578           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8579           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8580                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8581         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8582 
8583       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8584       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8585           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8586                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8587                                  AbstractVariableType))
8588         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8589       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8590           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8591         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8592         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8593       }
8594 
8595       return;
8596 
8597     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8598       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8599       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8600       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8601       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8602       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8603       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8604         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8605                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8606           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8607                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8608                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8609             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8610         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8611           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8612           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8613           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8614           // NOTE: code such as the following
8615           //     static struct s;
8616           //     struct s { int a; };
8617           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8618           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8619           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8620           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8621             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8622                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8623         }
8624       }
8625 
8626       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8627       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8628         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8629       return;
8630     }
8631 
8632     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8633     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8634     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8635       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8636            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8637       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8638       return;
8639     }
8640 
8641     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8642     // definitions with reference type.
8643     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8644       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8645         << Var->getDeclName()
8646         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8647       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8648       return;
8649     }
8650 
8651     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8652     // variable with dependent type.
8653     if (Type->isDependentType())
8654       return;
8655 
8656     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8657       return;
8658 
8659     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8660                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8661                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8662       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8663       return;
8664     }
8665 
8666     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8667     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8668                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8669                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8670       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8671       return;
8672     }
8673 
8674     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8675     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8676     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8677     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8678     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8679     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8680     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8681     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8682     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8683     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8684     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8685       if (const RecordType *Record
8686             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8687         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8688         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8689         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8690         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8691         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8692           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8693       }
8694     }
8695 
8696     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8697     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8698     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8699     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8700     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8701     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8702     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8703     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8704     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8705     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8706     //   program is ill-formed.
8707     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8708     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8709     //   default-initialized; [...].
8710     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8711     InitializationKind Kind
8712       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8713 
8714     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8715     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8716     if (Init.isInvalid())
8717       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8718     else if (Init.get()) {
8719       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8720       // This is important for template substitution.
8721       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8722     }
8723 
8724     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8725   }
8726 }
8727 
8728 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8729   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8730   if (!VD) {
8731     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8732     D->setInvalidDecl();
8733     return;
8734   }
8735 
8736   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8737 
8738   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8739   int Error = -1;
8740   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8741   case SC_None:
8742     break;
8743   case SC_Extern:
8744     Error = 0;
8745     break;
8746   case SC_Static:
8747     Error = 1;
8748     break;
8749   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8750     Error = 2;
8751     break;
8752   case SC_Auto:
8753     Error = 3;
8754     break;
8755   case SC_Register:
8756     Error = 4;
8757     break;
8758   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8759     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8760   }
8761   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8762     Error = 5;
8763   if (Error != -1) {
8764     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8765       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8766     D->setInvalidDecl();
8767   }
8768 }
8769 
8770 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8771   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8772 
8773   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8774   // local retaining variable.
8775   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8776       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8777     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8778     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8779     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8780     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8781       break;
8782 
8783     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8784     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8785       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8786       break;
8787     }
8788   }
8789 
8790   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8791       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8792       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8793                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8794                        var->getLocation())) {
8795     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8796     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8797     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8798       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8799 
8800     if (!prev)
8801       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8802   }
8803 
8804   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8805       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8806     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8807     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8808     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8809     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8810     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8811       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8812   }
8813 
8814   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8815   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8816 
8817   QualType type = var->getType();
8818   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8819 
8820   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8821   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8822     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8823     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8824 
8825     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8826     // constructing this copy.
8827     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8828       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8829       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8830       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8831       ExprResult result
8832         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8833             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8834             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8835       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8836         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8837         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8838         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8839       }
8840     }
8841   }
8842 
8843   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8844   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8845   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8846 
8847   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8848       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8849     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8850         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8851                                             var->getLocation())
8852           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8853       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8854       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8855       // warned about them.
8856       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8857       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8858           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8859         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8860           << Init->getSourceRange();
8861     }
8862 
8863     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8864       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8865       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8866         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8867         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8868         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8869         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8870               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8871           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8872           Notes.clear();
8873         }
8874         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8875           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8876         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8877           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8878       }
8879     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8880       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8881       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8882       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8883       var->checkInitIsICE();
8884     }
8885   }
8886 
8887   // Require the destructor.
8888   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8889     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8890 }
8891 
8892 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8893 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8894 void
8895 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8896   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8897   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8898 
8899   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8900   if (!VD)
8901     return;
8902 
8903   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8904     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8905       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "used";
8906       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8907     }
8908   }
8909 
8910   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8911       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8912     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8913       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8914         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8915             << VD->getDeclName();
8916         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8917         VD->setInvalidDecl();
8918       }
8919     }
8920   }
8921 
8922   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8923   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8924   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8925   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8926     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8927 
8928   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8929     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8930 
8931   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8932   // tag values.
8933   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8934       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8935     return;
8936 
8937   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8938          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8939          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8940        I != E; ++I) {
8941     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8942     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8943       continue;
8944     }
8945     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8946     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8947       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8948            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8949         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8950       continue;
8951     }
8952     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8953       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8954            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8955         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8956       continue;
8957     }
8958     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8959     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8960                                MagicValue,
8961                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8962                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8963                                I->getMustBeNull());
8964   }
8965 }
8966 
8967 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8968                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8969   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8970 
8971   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8972     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8973 
8974   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8975   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8976     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
8977       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
8978         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
8979           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
8980       Decls.push_back(D);
8981     }
8982 
8983   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8984     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
8985       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
8986       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
8987         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
8988     }
8989   }
8990 
8991   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8992 }
8993 
8994 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8995 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8996 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8997 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8998                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8999   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9000   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9001   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9002   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9003   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9004   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9005   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9006   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9007     QualType Deduced;
9008     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9009     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
9010     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9011       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9012         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9013         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9014         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9015           break;
9016         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9017         if (!U.isNull()) {
9018           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9019           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9020             Deduced = U;
9021             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9022             DeducedDecl = D;
9023           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9024             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9025                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9026               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9027               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9028               << U << D->getDeclName()
9029               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9030               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9031             D->setInvalidDecl();
9032             break;
9033           }
9034         }
9035       }
9036     }
9037   }
9038 
9039   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9040 
9041   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9042       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9043 }
9044 
9045 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9046   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9047 }
9048 
9049 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9050   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9051   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9052    return;
9053 
9054   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9055                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9056         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9057     return;
9058 
9059   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9060     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9061     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9062     // additional declaration references:
9063     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9064     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9065     //   'struct S *pS;'
9066     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9067     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9068     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9069       Group = Group.slice(1);
9070     }
9071   }
9072 
9073   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9074   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9075   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9076       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9077     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9078     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9079     //
9080     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9081     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9082     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9083     // ahead through comments.
9084     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9085       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9086   }
9087 }
9088 
9089 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9090 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9091 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9092   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9093 
9094   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9095 
9096   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9097   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9098   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9099     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9100   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9101              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9102     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9103   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9104     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9105          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9106     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9107   }
9108 
9109   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9110     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9111       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9112   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9113     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9114       << 0;
9115 
9116   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9117 
9118   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9119   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9120 
9121   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9122     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9123     // parameter.
9124     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9125 
9126     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9127     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9128       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9129         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9130       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9131     }
9132   }
9133 
9134   // Ensure we have a valid name
9135   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9136   if (D.hasName()) {
9137     II = D.getIdentifier();
9138     if (!II) {
9139       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9140         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
9141       D.setInvalidType(true);
9142     }
9143   }
9144 
9145   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9146   if (II) {
9147     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9148                    ForRedeclaration);
9149     LookupName(R, S);
9150     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9151       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9152       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9153         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9154         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9155         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9156         PrevDecl = 0;
9157       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9158         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9159         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9160 
9161         // Recover by removing the name
9162         II = 0;
9163         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9164         D.setInvalidType(true);
9165       }
9166     }
9167   }
9168 
9169   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9170   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9171   // looking like class members in C++.
9172   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9173                                     D.getLocStart(),
9174                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9175                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9176                                     StorageClass);
9177 
9178   if (D.isInvalidType())
9179     New->setInvalidDecl();
9180 
9181   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9182   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9183   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9184                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9185 
9186   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9187   S->AddDecl(New);
9188   if (II)
9189     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9190 
9191   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9192 
9193   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9194     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9195       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9196       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9197       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9198 
9199   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9200     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9201   }
9202   return New;
9203 }
9204 
9205 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9206 /// typedef.
9207 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9208                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9209                                               QualType T) {
9210   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9211      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9212      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9213   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9214                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9215                                            SC_None, 0);
9216   Param->setImplicit();
9217   return Param;
9218 }
9219 
9220 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9221                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9222   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9223   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9224   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9225     return;
9226 
9227   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9228     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9229         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9230       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9231         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9232     }
9233   }
9234 }
9235 
9236 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9237                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9238                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9239                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9240   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9241     return;
9242 
9243   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9244   // threshold.
9245   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9246     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9247     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9248       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9249           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9250   }
9251 
9252   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9253   // threshold.
9254   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9255     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9256     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9257       continue;
9258     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9259     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9260       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9261           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9262   }
9263 }
9264 
9265 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9266                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9267                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9268                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9269   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9270   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9271       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9272       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9273 
9274     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9275 
9276     // Special cases for arrays:
9277     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9278     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9279     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9280       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9281         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9282             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9283             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9284       }
9285       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9286     } else {
9287       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9288     }
9289     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9290   }
9291 
9292   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9293                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9294                                          TSInfo,
9295                                          StorageClass, 0);
9296 
9297   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9298   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9299   // the class has been completely parsed.
9300   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9301       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9302                              AbstractParamType))
9303     New->setInvalidDecl();
9304 
9305   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9306   // passed by reference.
9307   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9308     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9309     Diag(NameLoc,
9310          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9311       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9312     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9313     New->setType(T);
9314   }
9315 
9316   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9317   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9318   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9319   // an address space.
9320   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9321     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9322     New->setInvalidDecl();
9323   }
9324 
9325   return New;
9326 }
9327 
9328 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9329                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9330   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9331 
9332   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9333   // for a K&R function.
9334   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9335     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9336       --i;
9337       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9338         SmallString<256> Code;
9339         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
9340                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9341                                         << ";\n";
9342         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9343           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9344           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9345 
9346         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9347         // type.
9348         AttributeFactory attrs;
9349         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9350         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9351         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9352         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9353                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
9354         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9355         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9356         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9357         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9358         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9359         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9360       }
9361     }
9362   }
9363 }
9364 
9365 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9366   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9367   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9368   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9369 
9370   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9371   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9372   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9373 }
9374 
9375 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9376                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9377   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9378   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9379     return false;
9380 
9381   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9382   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9383     return false;
9384 
9385   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9386   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9387     return false;
9388 
9389   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9390   if (FD->isMain())
9391     return false;
9392 
9393   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9394   if (FD->isInlined())
9395     return false;
9396 
9397   // Don't warn about function templates.
9398   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9399     return false;
9400 
9401   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9402   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9403     return false;
9404 
9405   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9406   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9407     return false;
9408 
9409   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9410   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9411        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9412     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9413     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9414     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9415       continue;
9416 
9417     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9418     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9419       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9420     break;
9421   }
9422 
9423   return MissingPrototype;
9424 }
9425 
9426 void
9427 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9428                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9429   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9430   // was an extern inline function.
9431   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9432   if (!Definition)
9433     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9434       return;
9435 
9436   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9437     return;
9438 
9439   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9440       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9441     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9442         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9443   else
9444     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9445 
9446   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9447   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9448 }
9449 
9450 
9451 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9452                                    Sema &S) {
9453   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9454 
9455   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9456   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9457   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9458   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getResultType();
9459   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9460 
9461   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9462     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9463   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9464     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9465   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9466     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9467   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9468 
9469   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9470   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9471 
9472   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9473   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9474   for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(),
9475       CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) {
9476     if (C->capturesVariable()) {
9477       VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar();
9478       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9479         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9480       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9481       const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9482       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9483           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(),
9484           /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion()
9485                          ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9486           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0);
9487 
9488     } else if (C->capturesThis()) {
9489       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(),
9490                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0);
9491     }
9492   }
9493 }
9494 
9495 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9496   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9497   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9498 
9499   if (!D)
9500     return D;
9501   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9502 
9503   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9504     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9505   else
9506     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9507   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9508   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9509   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9510   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9511   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9512   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9513   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9514   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9515   // have the LSI properly restored.
9516   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9517     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9518       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9519       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9520     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9521   }
9522   else
9523     // Enter a new function scope
9524     PushFunctionScope();
9525 
9526   // See if this is a redefinition.
9527   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9528     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9529 
9530   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9531   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9532     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9533         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9534       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9535       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9536     }
9537   }
9538 
9539   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9540   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9541   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
9542   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9543       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9544       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9545                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9546     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9547 
9548   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9549   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9550   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9551   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9552   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9553   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9554   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9555     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9556 
9557     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9558       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9559       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9560       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9561               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9562         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9563         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9564           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9565                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9566             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9567             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9568       }
9569     }
9570   }
9571 
9572   if (FnBodyScope)
9573     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9574 
9575   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9576   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9577                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9578 
9579   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9580   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9581     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9582     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9583 
9584     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9585     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9586       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9587 
9588       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9589     }
9590   }
9591 
9592   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9593   // introduce them into the function scope.
9594   if (FnBodyScope) {
9595     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9596              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9597              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9598          I != E; ++I) {
9599       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9600 
9601       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9602       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9603       // and reattach to the current context.
9604       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9605         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9606         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9607                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9608           if (*DI == D) {
9609             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9610             break;
9611           }
9612         }
9613         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9614         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9615       }
9616 
9617       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9618       if (!D->getName().empty())
9619         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9620 
9621       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9622       // accessible in this scope.
9623       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9624         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9625                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9626           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9627       }
9628     }
9629   }
9630 
9631   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9632   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9633     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9634 
9635   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9636   // dllimport attribute.
9637   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9638   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9639     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9640     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9641     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9642         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9643       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9644            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9645         << "dllimport";
9646       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9647       return D;
9648     }
9649 
9650     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9651     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9652     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9653       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9654       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9655       // emitted.
9656       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9657            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9658         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
9659     }
9660   }
9661   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9662   // a function template).
9663   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9664   return D;
9665 }
9666 
9667 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9668 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9669 /// optimization.
9670 ///
9671 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9672 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9673 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9674 /// use the named return value optimization.
9675 ///
9676 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9677 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9678 /// the NRVO variable.
9679 ///
9680 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9681 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9682 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9683 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9684   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9685 
9686   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9687   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9688     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9689       return;
9690 
9691     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9692       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9693     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9694       return;
9695   }
9696 
9697   if (NRVOCandidate)
9698     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9699 }
9700 
9701 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9702   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
9703     return false;
9704 
9705   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
9706     return true;
9707 
9708   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9709   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9710     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
9711   else
9712     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9713 
9714   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9715   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9716   // rest of the file.
9717   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9718   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9719   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
9720 }
9721 
9722 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9723   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9724     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9725   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9726     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9727   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9728 }
9729 
9730 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9731   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9732 }
9733 
9734 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9735                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9736   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9737   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
9738   if (FunTmpl)
9739     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9740   else
9741     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
9742 
9743   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9744   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9745 
9746   if (FD) {
9747     FD->setBody(Body);
9748 
9749     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9750         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9751       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9752       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9753       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9754       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9755         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9756           << FD->getResultType();
9757         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9758       } else {
9759         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9760         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9761             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
9762         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9763             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9764       }
9765     }
9766 
9767     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9768     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9769     // is the first declaration.
9770     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9771       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9772         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9773       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9774                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9775                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9776         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9777     }
9778 
9779     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9780     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9781     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9782       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9783 
9784     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9785     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
9786     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9787       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9788 
9789     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9790       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9791       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9792                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
9793 
9794       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9795       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9796         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9797 
9798       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9799       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9800       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9801       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
9802           !FD->isDependentContext())
9803         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9804     }
9805 
9806     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9807            "Function parsing confused");
9808   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9809     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9810     MD->setBody(Body);
9811     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9812       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9813       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9814                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
9815 
9816       if (Body)
9817         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9818     }
9819     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9820       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9821         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9822       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9823     }
9824     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
9825       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0;
9826       bool isDesignated =
9827           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
9828       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
9829       (void)isDesignated;
9830       Diag(MD->getLocation(),
9831            diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
9832       Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
9833            diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
9834       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
9835     }
9836     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
9837       Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
9838       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
9839     }
9840   } else {
9841     return 0;
9842   }
9843 
9844   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9845          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9846          "handled in the block above.");
9847 
9848   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9849   if (Body) {
9850     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9851     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9852     // Verify this.
9853     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9854       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9855 
9856     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9857     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9858         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9859         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9860         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9861       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9862 
9863     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9864       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9865         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9866 
9867       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9868                                              Destructor->getParent());
9869     }
9870 
9871     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9872     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9873     // deletion in some later function.
9874     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9875         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9876       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9877     }
9878     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9879         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9880       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9881       // enabled.
9882       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9883     }
9884 
9885     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9886         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9887          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9888       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9889 
9890     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9891     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9892     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9893            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9894   }
9895 
9896   if (!IsInstantiation)
9897     PopDeclContext();
9898 
9899   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9900   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9901   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9902   // deletion in some later function.
9903   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9904     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9905   }
9906 
9907   return dcl;
9908 }
9909 
9910 
9911 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9912 /// relevant Decl.
9913 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9914                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9915   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9916   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9917     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9918   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9919 
9920   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9921     if (Method->isStatic())
9922       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9923 }
9924 
9925 
9926 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9927 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9928 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9929                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9930   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9931   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9932   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9933   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9934   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9935     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9936     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9937     return ExternCPrev;
9938   }
9939 
9940   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9941   unsigned diag_id;
9942   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9943     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9944   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9945     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9946   else
9947     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9948   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9949 
9950   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9951   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9952   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9953     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9954     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9955     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9956                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9957       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9958                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9959   }
9960 
9961   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9962   const char *Dummy;
9963   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9964   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9965   unsigned DiagID;
9966   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9967   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9968   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9969   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9970   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9971   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9972                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9973                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9974                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9975                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9976                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9977                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9978                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9979                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9980                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9981                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9982                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9983                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9984                                              EST_None,
9985                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9986                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9987                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9988                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9989                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9990                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9991                 DS.getAttributes(),
9992                 SourceLocation());
9993   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9994 
9995   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9996 
9997   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9998   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9999 
10000   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10001   FD->setImplicit();
10002 
10003   CurContext = PrevDC;
10004 
10005   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10006 
10007   return FD;
10008 }
10009 
10010 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10011 /// the declaration of this function.
10012 ///
10013 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10014 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10015 /// like NSLog or printf.
10016 ///
10017 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10018 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10019 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10020   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10021     return;
10022 
10023   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10024   // actual attributes.
10025   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10026     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10027     unsigned FormatIdx;
10028     bool HasVAListArg;
10029     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10030       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10031         const char *fmt = "printf";
10032         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10033         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10034             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10035           fmt = "NSString";
10036         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10037                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10038                                                FormatIdx+1,
10039                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
10040       }
10041     }
10042     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10043                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10044      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
10045        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10046                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10047                                               FormatIdx+1,
10048                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
10049     }
10050 
10051     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10052     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10053     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10054     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10055         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10056       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
10057         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10058     }
10059 
10060     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10061         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10062       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10063     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10064       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10065     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
10066       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
10067   }
10068 
10069   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10070   if (!Name)
10071     return;
10072   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10073        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10074       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10075        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10076        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10077     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10078     // about.
10079   } else
10080     return;
10081 
10082   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10083     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10084     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10085     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
10086       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10087                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10088                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
10089   }
10090 
10091   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10092     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10093     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10094     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10095       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
10096   }
10097 }
10098 
10099 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10100                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10101   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10102   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10103 
10104   if (!TInfo) {
10105     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10106     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10107   }
10108 
10109   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10110   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10111                                            D.getLocStart(),
10112                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10113                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10114                                            TInfo);
10115 
10116   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10117   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10118     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10119     return NewTD;
10120   }
10121 
10122   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10123     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10124       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10125         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10126         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10127         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10128     else
10129       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10130   }
10131 
10132   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10133   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10134   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10135   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10136   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10137   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10138   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10139   case TST_enum:
10140   case TST_struct:
10141   case TST_interface:
10142   case TST_union:
10143   case TST_class: {
10144     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10145 
10146     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10147     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10148     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10149     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10150 
10151     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10152     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10153 
10154     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10155     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10156       break;
10157 
10158     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10159     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10160     break;
10161   }
10162 
10163   default:
10164     break;
10165   }
10166 
10167   return NewTD;
10168 }
10169 
10170 
10171 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10172 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10173   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10174   QualType T = TI->getType();
10175 
10176   if (T->isDependentType())
10177     return false;
10178 
10179   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10180     if (BT->isInteger())
10181       return false;
10182 
10183   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10184   return true;
10185 }
10186 
10187 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10188 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10189 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10190                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10191                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10192   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10193 
10194   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10195     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10196       << Prev->isScoped();
10197     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10198     return true;
10199   }
10200 
10201   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10202     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10203         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10204         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10205                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10206       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10207         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10208       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10209       return true;
10210     }
10211   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10212     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10213       << Prev->isFixed();
10214     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10215     return true;
10216   }
10217 
10218   return false;
10219 }
10220 
10221 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10222 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10223 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10224 ///
10225 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10226 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10227   switch (Tag) {
10228   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10229   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10230   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10231   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10232   }
10233 }
10234 
10235 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10236 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10237 ///
10238 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10239 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10240 {
10241   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10242 }
10243 
10244 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10245 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10246 ///
10247 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10248 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10249                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10250                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10251                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10252   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10253   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10254   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10255   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10256   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10257   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10258   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10259   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10260   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10261   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10262   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10263   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10264   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10265   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10266   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10267     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10268       return true;
10269 
10270   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10271     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10272     bool isTemplate = false;
10273     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10274       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10275 
10276     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10277       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10278       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10279       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10280         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10281         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10282       return true;
10283     }
10284 
10285     if (isDefinition) {
10286       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10287       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10288       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10289         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10290         return true;
10291       }
10292 
10293       bool previousMismatch = false;
10294       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10295            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10296         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10297           if (!previousMismatch) {
10298             previousMismatch = true;
10299             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10300               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10301               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10302           }
10303           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10304             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10305             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10306                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10307         }
10308       }
10309       return true;
10310     }
10311 
10312     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10313     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10314     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10315     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10316                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10317     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10318       return true;
10319     }
10320 
10321     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10322       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10323       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10324     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10325 
10326     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10327     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10328         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10329           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10330           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10331                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10332     }
10333 
10334     return true;
10335   }
10336   return false;
10337 }
10338 
10339 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10340 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10341 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10342 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10343 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10344                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10345                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10346                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10347                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10348                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10349                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10350                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10351                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10352                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
10353   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10354   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10355   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10356          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10357   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10358 
10359   OwnedDecl = false;
10360   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10361   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10362 
10363   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10364   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10365   bool Invalid = false;
10366 
10367   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10368   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10369   // for non-C++ cases.
10370   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10371       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10372     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10373             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10374                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10375                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10376       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10377         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10378         return 0;
10379       }
10380 
10381       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10382         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10383         // be a member of another template).
10384 
10385         if (Invalid)
10386           return 0;
10387 
10388         OwnedDecl = false;
10389         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10390                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10391                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10392                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10393                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10394                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10395         return Result.get();
10396       } else {
10397         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10398         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10399           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10400         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10401       }
10402     }
10403   }
10404 
10405   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10406   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10407   // redeclaration.
10408   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10409 
10410   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10411     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10412       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10413       // type, default to int.
10414       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10415     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10416       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10417       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10418       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10419       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10420       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10421 
10422       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10423         // Recover by falling back to int.
10424         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10425 
10426       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10427                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10428         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10429 
10430     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10431       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10432       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10433   }
10434 
10435   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10436   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10437   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10438 
10439   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10440   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10441     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10442 
10443   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10444   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10445   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10446     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10447 
10448     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10449     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10450       Name = 0;
10451       goto CreateNewDecl;
10452     }
10453 
10454     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10455     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10456     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10457       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10458       if (!DC) {
10459         IsDependent = true;
10460         return 0;
10461       }
10462     } else {
10463       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10464       if (!DC) {
10465         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10466           << SS.getRange();
10467         return 0;
10468       }
10469     }
10470 
10471     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10472       return 0;
10473 
10474     SearchDC = DC;
10475     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10476     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10477 
10478     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10479       return 0;
10480 
10481     if (Previous.empty()) {
10482       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10483       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10484       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10485       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10486       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10487       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10488       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10489           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10490         IsDependent = true;
10491         return 0;
10492       }
10493 
10494       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10495       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10496         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10497       Name = 0;
10498       Invalid = true;
10499       goto CreateNewDecl;
10500     }
10501   } else if (Name) {
10502     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10503     // declaration or definition.
10504     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10505     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10506     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10507     LookupName(Previous, S);
10508 
10509     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10510     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10511     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10512         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10513       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10514       while (F.hasNext()) {
10515         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10516         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10517           F.erase();
10518       }
10519       F.done();
10520     }
10521 
10522     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10523     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10524     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10525     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10526     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10527     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10528     //
10529     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10530     // semantic context?
10531     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10532       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10533       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10534       while (F.hasNext()) {
10535         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10536         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10537         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10538             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10539           F.erase();
10540           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10541         }
10542       }
10543       F.done();
10544     }
10545 
10546     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10547     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10548       return 0;
10549 
10550     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10551       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10552       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10553       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10554       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10555       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10556         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10557     }
10558   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10559     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10560     // initial context to the translation unit.
10561     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10562     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10563   }
10564 
10565   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10566       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10567     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10568     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10569     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10570     Previous.clear();
10571   }
10572 
10573   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10574       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10575     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10576     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10577 
10578     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10579       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10580       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10581       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10582       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10583     }
10584   }
10585 
10586   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10587   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10588   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10589   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10590   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10591       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10592     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10593     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10594 
10595     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10596       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10597       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10598       //
10599       //          class-key identifier
10600       //
10601       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10602       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10603       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10604       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10605       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10606       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10607       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10608       //      declaration.
10609       //
10610       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10611       // C structs and unions.
10612       //
10613       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10614       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10615       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10616       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10617       //
10618       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10619       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10620       //
10621       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10622       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10623       // lexical context,
10624       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10625         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10626 
10627       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10628       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10629              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10630               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10631              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10632              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10633         S = S->getParent();
10634     } else {
10635       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10636       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10637       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10638       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10639       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10640       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10641     }
10642 
10643     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10644     // diagnose some problems.
10645     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10646       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10647       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10648     }
10649   }
10650 
10651   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10652     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
10653 
10654     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10655     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10656     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10657     // in C++.
10658     //
10659     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10660     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10661     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10662     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10663     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10664       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10665         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10666           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10667           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10668               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10669                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10670             PrevDecl = Tag;
10671             Previous.clear();
10672             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10673             Previous.resolveKind();
10674           }
10675         }
10676       }
10677     }
10678 
10679     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10680       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10681       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10682       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10683       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10684           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10685                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10686         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10687         // struct or something similar.
10688         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10689                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10690                                           *Name)) {
10691           bool SafeToContinue
10692             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10693                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10694           if (SafeToContinue)
10695             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10696               << Name
10697               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10698                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10699           else
10700             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10701           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10702 
10703           if (SafeToContinue)
10704             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10705           else {
10706             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10707             Name = 0;
10708             Previous.clear();
10709             Invalid = true;
10710           }
10711         }
10712 
10713         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10714           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10715 
10716           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10717           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10718           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10719             if (ScopedEnum)
10720               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10721                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10722                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10723             return PrevTagDecl;
10724           }
10725 
10726           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10727           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10728             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
10729           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10730             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10731 
10732           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10733           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10734           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10735           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10736                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10737             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10738         }
10739 
10740         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10741         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10742         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10743         //   and then later defined.
10744         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10745             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10746           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10747           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10748         }
10749 
10750         if (!Invalid) {
10751           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10752 
10753           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10754           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10755           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10756           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10757           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10758                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10759             return PrevTagDecl;
10760 
10761           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10762           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10763             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10764               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10765               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10766               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10767               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10768               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10769                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10770                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10771                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10772                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10773                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10774                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10775                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10776                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10777               }
10778 
10779               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10780                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10781                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10782                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10783                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10784                 else
10785                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10786                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10787                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10788                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10789                 // references get the previous definition.
10790                 Name = 0;
10791                 Previous.clear();
10792                 Invalid = true;
10793               }
10794             } else {
10795               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10796               // about a nested redefinition.
10797               const TagType *Tag
10798                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10799               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10800                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10801                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10802                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10803                 Name = 0;
10804                 Previous.clear();
10805                 Invalid = true;
10806               }
10807             }
10808 
10809             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10810             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10811           }
10812         }
10813         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10814         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10815 
10816       } else {
10817         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10818         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10819         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10820         // have distinct types.
10821         Previous.clear();
10822       }
10823       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10824       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10825       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10826 
10827 
10828     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10829     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10830     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10831     } else {
10832       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10833       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10834       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10835       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10836           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10837         unsigned Kind = 0;
10838         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10839         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10840         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10841         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10842         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10843         Invalid = true;
10844 
10845       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10846       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10847                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10848         // do nothing
10849 
10850       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10851       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10852         unsigned Kind = 0;
10853         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10854         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10855         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10856         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10857         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10858         Invalid = true;
10859 
10860       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10861       // case here.
10862       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10863         unsigned Kind = 0;
10864         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10865         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10866           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10867         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10868         Invalid = true;
10869 
10870       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10871       } else {
10872         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10873         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10874         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10875         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10876         Name = 0;
10877         Invalid = true;
10878       }
10879 
10880       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10881       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10882       Previous.clear();
10883     }
10884   }
10885 
10886 CreateNewDecl:
10887 
10888   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10889   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10890     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10891 
10892   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10893   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10894   // keyword.
10895   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10896 
10897   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10898   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10899   // PrevDecl.
10900   TagDecl *New;
10901 
10902   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10903   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10904     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10905     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10906     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10907                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10908                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10909     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10910     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10911       TagDecl *Def;
10912       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10913           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10914         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10915         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10916       }
10917       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10918         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10919           << New;
10920         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10921       } else {
10922         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10923         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10924           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10925         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10926           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10927         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10928 
10929         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10930         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10931         // the declaration context.
10932         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10933           IsForwardReference = true;
10934       }
10935     }
10936 
10937     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10938       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10939       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10940         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10941       else
10942         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10943       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10944     }
10945 
10946   } else {
10947     // struct/union/class
10948 
10949     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10950     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10951     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10952       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10953       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10954                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10955 
10956       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10957         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10958     } else
10959       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10960                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10961   }
10962 
10963   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10964   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10965     if (SS.isSet()) {
10966       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10967       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10968       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10969       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10970       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10971       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10972           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10973           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10974         Invalid = true;
10975 
10976       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10977       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10978         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10979                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10980                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10981       }
10982     }
10983     else
10984       Invalid = true;
10985   }
10986 
10987   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10988     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10989     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10990     //
10991     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10992     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10993     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10994     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10995     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10996     // parsing of the struct).
10997     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10998       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10999       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11000     }
11001   }
11002 
11003   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11004     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11005       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11006         << 2
11007         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11008     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11009     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11010     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11011     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11012       New->setModulePrivate();
11013   }
11014 
11015   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11016   // check the specialization.
11017   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11018     Invalid = true;
11019 
11020   if (Invalid)
11021     New->setInvalidDecl();
11022 
11023   if (Attr)
11024     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11025 
11026   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
11027   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
11028   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11029     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11030 
11031   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11032   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11033   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11034 
11035   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11036   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11037   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11038   // the tag name visible.
11039   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11040     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11041                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11042 
11043   // Set the access specifier.
11044   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11045     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11046 
11047   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11048     New->startDefinition();
11049 
11050   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11051   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11052     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11053     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11054     if (PrevDecl)
11055       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11056 
11057     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11058     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11059     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11060       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11061         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11062   } else if (Name) {
11063     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11064     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11065     if (IsForwardReference)
11066       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11067 
11068   } else {
11069     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11070   }
11071 
11072   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11073   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11074     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11075         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11076         II->isStr("FILE"))
11077       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11078 
11079   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
11080   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11081   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11082       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
11083     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11084 
11085   if (PrevDecl)
11086     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11087 
11088   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11089   // record.
11090   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11091 
11092   OwnedDecl = true;
11093   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11094   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11095   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11096 }
11097 
11098 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11099   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11100   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11101 
11102   // Enter the tag context.
11103   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11104 
11105   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11106 
11107   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11108   // record.
11109   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11110 }
11111 
11112 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11113   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11114          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11115   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11116   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11117       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11118   CurContext = OCD;
11119   return IDecl;
11120 }
11121 
11122 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11123                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11124                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11125                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11126   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11127   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11128 
11129   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11130 
11131   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11132     return;
11133 
11134   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11135     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11136                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11137 
11138   // C++ [class]p2:
11139   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11140   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11141   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11142   //   as if it were a public member name.
11143   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11144     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11145                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11146                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11147                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11148                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11149   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11150   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11151   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11152   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11153       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11154   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11155   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11156          "Broken injected-class-name");
11157 }
11158 
11159 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11160                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11161   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11162   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11163   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11164 
11165   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11166   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11167     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11168     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11169       RD->completeDefinition();
11170   }
11171 
11172   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11173     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11174 
11175   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11176   PopDeclContext();
11177 
11178   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11179       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11180     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11181 
11182   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11183   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11184     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11185 }
11186 
11187 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11188   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11189   PopDeclContext();
11190 }
11191 
11192 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11193   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11194   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11195   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11196 }
11197 
11198 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11199   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11200   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11201 }
11202 
11203 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11204   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11205   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11206   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11207 
11208   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11209   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11210     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11211       RD->completeDefinition();
11212   }
11213 
11214   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11215   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11216   // the FieldCollector.
11217 
11218   PopDeclContext();
11219 }
11220 
11221 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11222 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11223                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11224                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11225                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11226   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11227   if (ZeroWidth)
11228     *ZeroWidth = true;
11229 
11230   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11231   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11232   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11233     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11234     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11235       return ExprError();
11236     if (FieldName)
11237       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11238         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11239     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11240       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11241   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11242                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11243     return ExprError();
11244 
11245   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11246   // it now.
11247   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11248     return Owned(BitWidth);
11249 
11250   llvm::APSInt Value;
11251   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11252   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11253     return ICE;
11254   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11255 
11256   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11257     *ZeroWidth = false;
11258 
11259   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11260   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11261     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11262 
11263   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11264     if (FieldName)
11265       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11266                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11267     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11268       << Value.toString(10);
11269   }
11270 
11271   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11272     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11273     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11274       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) {
11275         if (FieldName)
11276           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11277             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11278             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11279 
11280         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11281           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11282       }
11283 
11284       if (FieldName)
11285         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11286           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11287           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11288       else
11289         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11290           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11291     }
11292   }
11293 
11294   return Owned(BitWidth);
11295 }
11296 
11297 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11298 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11299 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11300                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11301   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11302                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11303                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11304   return Res;
11305 }
11306 
11307 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11308 ///
11309 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11310                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11311                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11312                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11313                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11314   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11315   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11316   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11317 
11318   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11319   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11320   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11321     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11322 
11323     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11324                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11325       D.setInvalidType();
11326       T = Context.IntTy;
11327       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11328     }
11329   }
11330 
11331   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11332   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11333     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11334     D.setInvalidType();
11335   }
11336 
11337   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11338   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11339   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11340     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11341     D.setInvalidType();
11342   }
11343 
11344   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11345 
11346   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11347     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11348          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11349       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11350 
11351   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11352   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11353   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11354   LookupName(Previous, S);
11355   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11356     case LookupResult::Found:
11357     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11358       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11359       break;
11360 
11361     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11362       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11363       break;
11364 
11365     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11366     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11367     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11368       break;
11369   }
11370   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11371 
11372   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11373     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11374     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11375     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11376     PrevDecl = 0;
11377   }
11378 
11379   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11380     PrevDecl = 0;
11381 
11382   bool Mutable
11383     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11384   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11385   FieldDecl *NewFD
11386     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11387                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11388 
11389   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11390     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11391 
11392   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11393     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11394 
11395   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11396     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11397     // with the same name in the same scope.
11398   } else if (II) {
11399     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11400   } else
11401     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11402 
11403   return NewFD;
11404 }
11405 
11406 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11407 ///
11408 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11409 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11410 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11411 /// created.
11412 ///
11413 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11414 ///
11415 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11416 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11417                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11418                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11419                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11420                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11421                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11422                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11423                                 Declarator *D) {
11424   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11425   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11426   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11427 
11428   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11429   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11430   if (T.isNull()) {
11431     InvalidDecl = true;
11432     T = Context.IntTy;
11433   }
11434 
11435   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11436   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11437     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11438       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11439       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11440       InvalidDecl = true;
11441     } else {
11442       NamedDecl *Def;
11443       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11444       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11445         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11446         InvalidDecl = true;
11447       }
11448     }
11449   }
11450 
11451   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11452   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11453     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11454     InvalidDecl = true;
11455   }
11456 
11457   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11458   // than a variably modified type.
11459   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11460     bool SizeIsNegative;
11461     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11462 
11463     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11464       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11465                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11466                                                     Oversized);
11467     if (FixedTInfo) {
11468       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11469       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11470       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11471     } else {
11472       if (SizeIsNegative)
11473         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11474       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11475         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11476           << Oversized.toString(10);
11477       else
11478         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11479       InvalidDecl = true;
11480     }
11481   }
11482 
11483   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11484   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11485                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11486                                              AbstractFieldType))
11487     InvalidDecl = true;
11488 
11489   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11490   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11491   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11492     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11493                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11494     if (!BitWidth) {
11495       InvalidDecl = true;
11496       BitWidth = 0;
11497       ZeroWidth = false;
11498     }
11499   }
11500 
11501   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11502   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11503     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11504     if (T->isReferenceType())
11505       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11506     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11507       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11508 
11509     if (DiagID) {
11510       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11511       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11512         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11513       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11514       Mutable = false;
11515       InvalidDecl = true;
11516     }
11517   }
11518 
11519   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11520                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11521   if (InvalidDecl)
11522     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11523 
11524   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11525     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11526     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11527     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11528   }
11529 
11530   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11531     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11532       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11533         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11534         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11535           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11536           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11537           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11538           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11539           // objects.
11540           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11541             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11542         }
11543       }
11544 
11545       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11546       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11547       // enabled.
11548       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11549         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11550                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11551                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11552           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11553         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11554           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11555       }
11556     }
11557   }
11558 
11559   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11560   // representation, not a parser representation.
11561   if (D) {
11562     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11563     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11564 
11565     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11566       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11567   }
11568 
11569   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11570   // retainable type.
11571   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11572     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11573 
11574   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11575     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11576 
11577   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11578   return NewFD;
11579 }
11580 
11581 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11582   assert(FD);
11583   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11584 
11585   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11586     return false;
11587 
11588   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11589   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11590     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11591     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11592       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11593       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11594       // copy constructors.
11595 
11596       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11597       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11598       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11599       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11600       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11601       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11602       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11603         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11604       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11605         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11606       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11607         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11608       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11609         member = CXXDestructor;
11610 
11611       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11612         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11613             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11614           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11615           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11616           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11617           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11618           // members unavailable.
11619           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11620           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11621             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11622               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
11623                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11624             return false;
11625           }
11626         }
11627 
11628         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11629                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11630                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11631           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11632         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11633         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11634       }
11635     }
11636   }
11637 
11638   return false;
11639 }
11640 
11641 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11642 ///  AST enum value.
11643 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11644 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11645   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11646   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11647   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11648   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11649   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11650   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11651   }
11652 }
11653 
11654 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11655 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11656 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11657                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11658                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11659                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11660 
11661   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11662   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11663   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11664   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11665 
11666   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11667   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11668 
11669   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11670   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11671 
11672   if (BitWidth) {
11673     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11674     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11675     if (!BitWidth)
11676       D.setInvalidType();
11677   } else {
11678     // Not a bitfield.
11679 
11680     // validate II.
11681 
11682   }
11683   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11684     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11685     D.setInvalidType();
11686   }
11687   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11688   // than a variably modified type.
11689   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11690     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11691     D.setInvalidType();
11692   }
11693 
11694   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11695   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11696     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11697                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11698   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11699   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11700   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11701     return 0;
11702   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11703   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11704       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11705     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11706     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11707       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11708       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11709     }
11710     else
11711       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11712   } else {
11713     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11714         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11715       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11716         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11717         return 0;
11718       }
11719     }
11720     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11721   }
11722 
11723   // Construct the decl.
11724   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11725                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11726                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11727 
11728   if (II) {
11729     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11730                                            ForRedeclaration);
11731     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11732         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11733       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11734       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11735       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11736     }
11737   }
11738 
11739   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11740   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11741 
11742   if (D.isInvalidType())
11743     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11744 
11745   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11746   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11747     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11748 
11749   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11750     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11751 
11752   if (II) {
11753     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11754     // these to the interface.
11755     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11756     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11757   }
11758 
11759   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11760       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11761     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11762 
11763   return NewID;
11764 }
11765 
11766 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11767 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11768 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11769 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11770 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11771                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11772   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11773     return;
11774 
11775   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11776   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11777 
11778   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11779     return;
11780   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11781   if (!ID) {
11782     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11783       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11784         return;
11785     }
11786     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11787     else
11788       return;
11789   }
11790   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11791   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11792   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11793 
11794   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11795                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11796                               Context.CharTy,
11797                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11798                                                                DeclLoc),
11799                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11800                               true);
11801   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11802 }
11803 
11804 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11805                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11806                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11807   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11808 
11809   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11810   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11811   // it will now change.
11812   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11813     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11814     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11815     default: break;
11816     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11817       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11818       break;
11819     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11820       Context.
11821         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11822       break;
11823     }
11824   }
11825 
11826   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11827 
11828   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11829   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11830   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11831   if (Record) {
11832     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11833                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11834       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11835         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11836           ++NumNamedMembers;
11837     }
11838   }
11839 
11840   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11841   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11842 
11843   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11844   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11845        i != end; ++i) {
11846     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11847 
11848     // Get the type for the field.
11849     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11850 
11851     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11852       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11853       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11854     }
11855 
11856     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11857     // diagnostics about it.
11858     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11859       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11860       continue;
11861     }
11862 
11863     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11864     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11865     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11866     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11867     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11868     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11869     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11870     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11871     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11872     //   array.
11873     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11874       // Field declared as a function.
11875       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11876         << FD->getDeclName();
11877       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11878       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11879       continue;
11880     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11881                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11882                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11883                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11884                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11885       // Flexible array member.
11886       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11887       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11888       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11889       unsigned DiagID = 0;
11890       if (Record->isUnion())
11891         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11892                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
11893                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11894                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
11895                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
11896       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11897         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
11898                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
11899                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11900                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
11901                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
11902                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
11903                                  : 0;
11904 
11905       if (DiagID)
11906         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
11907                                         << Record->getTagKind();
11908       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
11909       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
11910       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
11911       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
11912       // of the type.
11913       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
11914         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
11915           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
11916             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11917       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
11918         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11919           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11920 
11921       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11922           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11923         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11924           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11925         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11926         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11927         continue;
11928       }
11929       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11930       if (Record)
11931         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11932     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11933                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11934                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11935       // Incomplete type
11936       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11937       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11938       continue;
11939     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11940       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11941         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11942         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11943           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11944         } else {
11945           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11946           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11947           // structures.
11948           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11949             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11950               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11951           else {
11952             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11953             // other structs as an extension.
11954             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11955               << FD->getDeclName();
11956             if (Record)
11957               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11958           }
11959         }
11960       }
11961       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11962           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11963                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11964                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11965         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11966         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11967       }
11968       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11969         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11970       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11971         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11972     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11973       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11974       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11975         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11976       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11977       FD->setType(T);
11978     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11979                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11980       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11981       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11982       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11983       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11984       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11985       QualType T = FD->getType();
11986       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11987       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11988         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11989         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11990           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11991             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11992                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11993           }
11994         } else {
11995           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11996             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11997         }
11998         ARCErrReported = true;
11999       }
12000     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12001                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12002                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12003       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12004           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12005         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12006       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12007         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12008         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12009             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12010           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12011         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12012                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12013                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12014       }
12015     }
12016     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12017       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12018     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12019     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12020       ++NumNamedMembers;
12021   }
12022 
12023   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12024   if (Record) {
12025     bool Completed = false;
12026     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12027       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12028         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12029         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12030                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12031                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12032           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12033 
12034         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12035           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12036             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12037             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12038               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12039                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12040 
12041             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
12042             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
12043             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
12044             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
12045               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12046           }
12047 
12048           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12049           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12050 
12051           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12052           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12053           // problem now.
12054           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12055             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12056             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12057 
12058             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12059                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12060                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12061               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12062                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12063                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12064                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12065                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12066                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12067                   continue;
12068 
12069                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12070                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12071                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12072                 //   program is ill-formed.
12073                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12074                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12075                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12076                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12077                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12078                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12079                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12080                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12081                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12082                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12083 
12084                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12085               }
12086             }
12087             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12088             Completed = true;
12089           }
12090         }
12091       }
12092     }
12093 
12094     if (!Completed)
12095       Record->completeDefinition();
12096 
12097     if (Record->hasAttrs())
12098       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12099 
12100     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12101     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12102     // compatibility problems.
12103     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12104     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12105       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12106     } else {
12107       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12108       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12109       CheckForZeroSize =
12110           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12111           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12112           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12113     }
12114     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12115       bool ZeroSize = true;
12116       bool IsEmpty = true;
12117       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12118       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12119                                       E = Record->field_end();
12120            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12121         IsEmpty = false;
12122         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12123           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12124             ZeroSize = false;
12125         } else {
12126           ++NonBitFields;
12127           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12128           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12129               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12130             ZeroSize = false;
12131         }
12132       }
12133 
12134       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12135       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12136       // extern "C" block.
12137       if (ZeroSize) {
12138         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12139                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12140                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12141           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12142       }
12143 
12144       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12145       // but are accepted by GCC.
12146       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12147         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12148                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12149           << Record->isUnion();
12150       }
12151     }
12152   } else {
12153     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12154       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12155     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12156       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12157       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12158       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12159         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12160         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12161       }
12162       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12163       // duplicates.
12164       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12165         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12166     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12167                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12168       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12169       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12170         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12171         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12172         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12173       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12174       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12175       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12176     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12177                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12178       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12179       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12180       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12181       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12182       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12183       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12184       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12185       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12186         if (IDecl) {
12187           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12188               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12189             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12190                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12191             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12192             continue;
12193           }
12194           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12195                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12196                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12197                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12198             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12199                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12200               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12201                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12202               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12203               continue;
12204             }
12205           }
12206         }
12207         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12208         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12209       }
12210       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12211       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12212     }
12213   }
12214 
12215   if (Attr)
12216     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12217 }
12218 
12219 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12220 /// the given type T.
12221 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12222                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12223                                         QualType T) {
12224   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12225   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12226 
12227   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12228     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12229       --BitWidth;
12230     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12231   }
12232   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12233 }
12234 
12235 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12236 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12237 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12238   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12239   // enum checking below.
12240   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12241   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12242   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12243     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12244   };
12245   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12246     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12247     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12248   };
12249 
12250   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12251   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12252                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12253   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12254     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12255       return Types[I];
12256 
12257   return QualType();
12258 }
12259 
12260 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12261                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12262                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12263                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12264                                           Expr *Val) {
12265   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12266   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12267   QualType EltTy;
12268 
12269   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12270     Val = 0;
12271 
12272   if (Val)
12273     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12274 
12275   if (Val) {
12276     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12277       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12278     else {
12279       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12280       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12281           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12282         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12283         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12284         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12285         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12286         ExprResult Converted =
12287           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12288                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12289         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12290           Val = 0;
12291         else
12292           Val = Converted.take();
12293       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12294                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12295                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12296         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12297       } else {
12298         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12299           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12300 
12301           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12302           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12303           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12304           // expression checking.
12305           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12306             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12307               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12308               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12309             } else
12310               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12311           } else
12312             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12313         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12314           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12315           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12316           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12317           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12318           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12319           EltTy = Val->getType();
12320         } else {
12321           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12322           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12323           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12324           //   representable as an int.
12325 
12326           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12327           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12328             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12329               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12330               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12331           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12332             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12333             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12334           }
12335           EltTy = Val->getType();
12336         }
12337       }
12338     }
12339   }
12340 
12341   if (!Val) {
12342     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12343       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12344     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12345       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12346       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12347       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12348       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12349       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12350       //
12351       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12352       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12353       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12354         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12355       }
12356       else {
12357         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12358       }
12359     } else {
12360       // Assign the last value + 1.
12361       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12362       ++EnumVal;
12363       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12364 
12365       // Check for overflow on increment.
12366       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12367         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12368         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12369         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12370         //
12371         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12372         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12373         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12374         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12375         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12376         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12377         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12378         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12379           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12380           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12381           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12382           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12383           ++EnumVal;
12384           if (Enum->isFixed())
12385             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12386             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12387               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12388               << EltTy;
12389           else
12390             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12391               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12392         } else {
12393           EltTy = T;
12394         }
12395 
12396         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12397         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12398         // value, then increment.
12399         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12400         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12401         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12402         ++EnumVal;
12403 
12404         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12405         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12406         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12407         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12408         // integral type.
12409         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12410           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12411       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12412                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12413         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12414         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12415           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12416       }
12417     }
12418   }
12419 
12420   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12421     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12422     // enumerator's type.
12423     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12424     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12425   }
12426 
12427   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12428                                   Val, EnumVal);
12429 }
12430 
12431 
12432 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12433                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12434                               AttributeList *Attr,
12435                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12436   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12437   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12438     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12439 
12440   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12441   // we find one that is.
12442   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12443 
12444   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12445   // scope.
12446   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12447                                          ForRedeclaration);
12448   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12449     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12450     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12451     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12452     PrevDecl = 0;
12453   }
12454 
12455   if (PrevDecl) {
12456     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12457     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12458     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12459            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12460     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12461       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12462         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12463       else
12464         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12465       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12466       return 0;
12467     }
12468   }
12469 
12470   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12471   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12472   // different from T:
12473   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12474   // enumerated type
12475   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12476                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12477                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12478     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12479         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12480       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12481 
12482   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12483     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12484 
12485   if (New) {
12486     // Process attributes.
12487     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12488 
12489     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12490     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12491     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12492   }
12493 
12494   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12495 
12496   return New;
12497 }
12498 
12499 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12500 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12501 // Element2 = Element1
12502 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12503 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12504 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12505 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12506   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12507   if (!InitExpr)
12508     return true;
12509   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12510 
12511   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12512     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12513       return true;
12514     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12515     if (!IL)
12516       return true;
12517     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12518       return true;
12519 
12520     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12521   }
12522 
12523   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12524   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12525   if (!DRE)
12526     return true;
12527 
12528   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12529   if (!EnumConstant)
12530     return true;
12531 
12532   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12533       Enum)
12534     return true;
12535 
12536   return false;
12537 }
12538 
12539 struct DupKey {
12540   int64_t val;
12541   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12542   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12543     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12544 };
12545 
12546 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12547   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12548                 false);
12549 }
12550 
12551 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12552   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12553   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12554   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12555     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12556   }
12557   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12558     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12559            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12560   }
12561 };
12562 
12563 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12564 // a previous element has already been set to.
12565 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12566                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12567                                         QualType EnumType) {
12568   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12569                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12570       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12571     return;
12572   // Avoid anonymous enums
12573   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12574     return;
12575 
12576   // Only check for small enums.
12577   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12578     return;
12579 
12580   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12581   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12582 
12583   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12584   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12585           ValueToVectorMap;
12586 
12587   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12588   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12589 
12590   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12591   // an initialier.
12592   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12593     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12594 
12595     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12596     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12597     if (!ECD) {
12598       return;
12599     }
12600 
12601     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12602       continue;
12603 
12604     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12605     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12606 
12607     // First time encountering this value.
12608     if (Entry.isNull())
12609       Entry = ECD;
12610   }
12611 
12612   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12613   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12614     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12615     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12616       continue;
12617 
12618     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12619 
12620     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12621     if (Entry.isNull())
12622       continue;
12623 
12624     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12625       // Ensure constants are different.
12626       if (D == ECD)
12627         continue;
12628 
12629       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12630       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12631       Vec->push_back(D);
12632       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12633 
12634       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12635       Entry = Vec;
12636 
12637       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12638       // diagnostics.
12639       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12640       continue;
12641     }
12642 
12643     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12644     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12645     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12646       continue;
12647 
12648     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12649   }
12650 
12651   // Emit diagnostics.
12652   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12653                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12654        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12655     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12656     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12657 
12658     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12659     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12660     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12661       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12662       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12663     ++I;
12664 
12665     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12666     // the same value.
12667     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12668       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12669         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12670         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12671     delete Vec;
12672   }
12673 }
12674 
12675 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12676                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12677                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12678                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12679   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12680   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12681 
12682   if (Attr)
12683     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12684 
12685   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12686     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12687       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12688         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12689       if (!ECD) continue;
12690 
12691       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12692     }
12693 
12694     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12695     return;
12696   }
12697 
12698   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12699   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12700   // emit a warning.
12701   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12702   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12703   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12704 
12705   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12706   // reverse the list.
12707   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12708   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12709 
12710   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12711   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12712 
12713   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12714     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12715       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12716     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12717 
12718     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12719 
12720     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12721     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12722       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12723                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12724     else
12725       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12726                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12727 
12728     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12729     if (AllElementsInt)
12730       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12731   }
12732 
12733   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12734   QualType BestType;
12735   unsigned BestWidth;
12736 
12737   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12738   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12739   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12740   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12741   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12742   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12743   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12744   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12745   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12746   QualType BestPromotionType;
12747 
12748   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
12749   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12750   // enum definitions.
12751   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12752     Packed = true;
12753 
12754   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12755     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12756     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12757       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12758     else
12759       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12760     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12761     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12762     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12763     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12764   }
12765   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12766     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12767     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12768     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12769     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12770       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12771       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12772     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12773                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12774       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12775       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12776     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12777       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12778       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12779     } else {
12780       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12781 
12782       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12783         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12784       } else {
12785         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12786 
12787         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12788           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12789         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12790       }
12791     }
12792     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12793   } else {
12794     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12795     // all of the enumerator values.
12796     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12797     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12798       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12799       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12800       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12801     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12802       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12803       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12804       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12805     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12806       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12807       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12808       BestPromotionType
12809         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12810                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12811     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12812                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12813       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12814       BestPromotionType
12815         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12816                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12817     } else {
12818       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12819       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12820              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12821       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12822       BestPromotionType
12823         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12824                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12825     }
12826   }
12827 
12828   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12829   // the type of the enum if needed.
12830   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12831     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12832     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12833 
12834     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12835     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12836     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12837     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12838     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12839 
12840     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12841     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12842 
12843     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12844     // the enum decl type.
12845     QualType NewTy;
12846     unsigned NewWidth;
12847     bool NewSign;
12848     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12849         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12850         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12851       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12852       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12853       NewSign = true;
12854     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12855       // Already the right type!
12856       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12857         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12858         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12859         // enumeration.
12860         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12861       continue;
12862     } else {
12863       NewTy = BestType;
12864       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12865       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12866     }
12867 
12868     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12869     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12870     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12871     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12872 
12873     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12874     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12875         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12876       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12877                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12878                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12879                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12880                                                 VK_RValue));
12881     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12882       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12883       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12884       // enumeration.
12885       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12886     else
12887       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12888   }
12889 
12890   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12891                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12892 
12893   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12894   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12895   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12896     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12897 
12898   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12899 
12900   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12901   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12902     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12903 }
12904 
12905 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12906                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12907                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12908   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12909 
12910   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12911                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12912                                                    EndLoc);
12913   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12914   return New;
12915 }
12916 
12917 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12918                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12919                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12920   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12921                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12922                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12923   if (!Mod)
12924     return true;
12925 
12926   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12927   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12928   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12929     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12930     // We need the length to be consistent.
12931     if (!ModCheck)
12932       break;
12933     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12934 
12935     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12936   }
12937 
12938   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12939                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12940                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12941                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12942   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12943   return Import;
12944 }
12945 
12946 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
12947   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
12948   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
12949                                          /*Complain=*/true);
12950 }
12951 
12952 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12953   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12954   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12955   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12956                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12957   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12958   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12959 
12960   // Make the module visible.
12961   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12962                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12963 }
12964 
12965 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12966                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12967                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12968                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12969                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12970   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12971                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12972   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12973      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12974 
12975   if (PrevDecl)
12976     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12977   else
12978     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12979       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12980 }
12981 
12982 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12983                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12984                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12985   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12986 
12987   if (PrevDecl) {
12988     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12989   } else {
12990     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12991       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12992         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12993   }
12994 }
12995 
12996 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12997                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12998                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12999                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13000                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13001   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13002                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13003   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13004 
13005   if (PrevDecl) {
13006     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13007       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13008         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13009   } else {
13010     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13011       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13012   }
13013 }
13014 
13015 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13016   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13017 }
13018 
13019 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13020   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13021   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13022   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13023   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13024   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13025   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13026   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13027     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13028     if (R != AR_Available)
13029       return R;
13030     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13031   }
13032   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13033   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13034   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13035             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13036     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13037   }
13038   return D->getAvailability();
13039 }
13040